Operation & Maintenance: Paver Finisher Dynapac SD1800W

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
Paver Finisher
Dynapac
SD1800W
Type 913
02-0516 4812018601 (A5)
Keep for later use in document compartment
Valid for:
_________________ - _________________
_________________ - _________________
www.dynapac.com
Table of contents
V Preface ..................................................................................... 1
1 General safety instructions ........................................................................ 2
1.1 Laws, guidelines, accident prevention regulations ..................................... 2
1.2 Safety signs, signal words ......................................................................... 3
"Danger"! ............................................................................................... 3
"Warning" ! ............................................................................................. 3
"Caution" ! .............................................................................................. 3
"Note" ! ................................................................................................... 3
1.3 Other supplementary information ............................................................... 3
1.4 Warnings .................................................................................................... 4
1.5 Prohibitive symbols .................................................................................... 6
1.6 Protective equipment ................................................................................. 7
1.7 Environmental protection ........................................................................... 8
1.8 Fire prevention ........................................................................................... 8
1.9 Additional information ................................................................................ 9
2 CE identification and Declaration of Conformity ...................................... 10
3 Guarantee conditions ............................................................................... 10
4 Residual risks ........................................................................................... 11
5 Sensibly predictable incorrect usage ....................................................... 12
A Correct use and application ................................................... 1
B Vehicle description ................................................................. 1

1 Application ................................................................................................. 1
2 Description of assemblies and functions .................................................... 2
2.1 Vehicle ....................................................................................................... 3
Construction ........................................................................................... 3
3 Danger zones ............................................................................................. 7
4 Safety devices ............................................................................................ 8
5 Technical data, standard configuration .................................................... 10
5.1 Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) ......................................................... 10
5.2 Allowed angle of rise and slope ............................................................... 11
5.3 Permissible approach angle ..................................................................... 11
5.4 Turning circle ........................................................................................... 11
5.5 Weights (all weights in t) .......................................................................... 12
5.6 Capacity data ........................................................................................... 13
5.7 Travel drive/traction unit ........................................................................... 14
5.8 Engine EU 3A / Tier 3 (o) ......................................................................... 14
5.9 Engine EU 4 / Tier 4f (o) .......................................................................... 14
5.10 Hydraulic system ...................................................................................... 14
5.11 Material compartment (hopper) ................................................................ 15
5.12 Material transfer ....................................................................................... 15
5.13 Material distribution .................................................................................. 15
5.14 Screed lifting device ................................................................................. 16
5.15 Electrical system ...................................................................................... 16
1
5.16 Permissible temperature ranges ..............................................................16
6 Identification points ...................................................................................17
6.1 Warning signs ...........................................................................................20
6.2 Information signs ......................................................................................23
6.3 CE marking ...............................................................................................25
6.4 Instructive symbols, prohibitive symbols, warning symbols .....................26
6.5 Danger symbols .......................................................................................27
6.6 Further warnings and operating instructions ............................................28
6.7 Identification label for the paver finisher (41) ........................................29
6.8 Explanation of 17PIN serial number .........................................................30
6.9 Engine type plate ......................................................................................31
7 EN standards ............................................................................................32
7.1 Continuous sound pressure level SD1800W ............................................32
7.2 Operating conditions during measurement ..............................................32
7.3 Measuring point configuration ..................................................................32
7.4 Vibration acting on the entire body ...........................................................33
7.5 Vibrations acting on hands and arms .......................................................33
7.6 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) .......................................................33
C13.18 Transportation........................................................................ 1
1 Safety regulations for transportation ..........................................................1
2 Transportation on low-bed trailers ..............................................................2
2.1 Preparations ...............................................................................................2
3 Securing the load .......................................................................................5
3.1 Prepare the low loader ...............................................................................5
3.2 Driving onto the low-bed trailer ...................................................................6
3.3 Lashing equipment .....................................................................................7
3.4 Loading .......................................................................................................8
3.5 Preparing the vehicle ..................................................................................9
4 Securing the load .....................................................................................10
4.1 Securing at the front .................................................................................10
Fasten lashing chains at the front ........................................................10
4.2 Securing at the rear ..................................................................................11
Fasten lashing chains ..........................................................................11
4.3 After transportation ...................................................................................12
Protective roof (o) .................................................................................13
5 Secure bolt with hook (3a).Transportation ...............................................15
5.1 Preparations .............................................................................................15
5.2 Driving mode ............................................................................................18
6 Loading by crane ......................................................................................19
7 Towing ......................................................................................................22
8 Safely parking the vehicle ........................................................................24
8.1 Lifting the vehicle with hydraulic lifts, lifting points ...................................25
2
D13.18 Operation ................................................................................ 1
1 Safety regulations ...................................................................................... 1
2 Controls ...................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Operating panel ......................................................................................... 3
3 Remote control ......................................................................................... 60
D23.18 Operating the display ............................................................. 1

1 Operation of the input and display terminal ............................................... 2
Button layout on the display ................................................................... 2
1.1 Menu operation - procedure for adjusting parameters ............................... 4
Selecting and changing an adjustment parameter in a menu ................ 6
Selecting and changing a selection possibility in a menu ...................... 7
2 Menu structure ........................................................................................... 8
Menu of the "Home" displays ................................................................. 8
Displays: ................................................................................................ 8
"HOME" menu - sub-menus .................................................................. 9
"Home" functions / "Quick Settings" .................................................... 11
"Engine Speed" menu / Engine measured value display ..................... 13
"Material Management" measured value display ................................. 14
"Screed Heater" adjustment and display menu (o) .............................. 15
"Paving Area / Automatic Steering Unit" menu .................................... 16
"Paving parameters" menu .................................................................. 17
Adjusting the paving parameters ......................................................... 19
Overview "Course Thickness Parameters" ......................................... 20
"Error Memory" menu .......................................................................... 21
Detailed display "Error Messages With Travel Drive Stop" ................. 22
Detailed display "Vehicle Warning Messages" .................................... 23
Detailed display "Engine Error Messages" .......................................... 24
"Basic" menu ....................................................................................... 25
"Service" menu .................................................................................... 26
"Info & Settings" menu ......................................................................... 27
Display of the following information: .................................................... 27
"Screed" set-up menu .......................................................................... 28
"Paving / Travel" set-up menu ............................................................. 30
"Truck Assist / Set Assist" set-up menu ............................................... 32
"Day/Night Lighting" set-up menu ........................................................ 33
"Display" set-up menu ......................................................................... 34
"Licence text" display ........................................................................... 35
3 Terminal error messages ......................................................................... 36
Status, warning and error messages symbols ..................................... 36
3.1 Drive engine error codes .......................................................................... 42
3.2 Error codes .............................................................................................. 46
4 Menu structure of the setting and display menus .................................. 110
3
D30.18 Operation 1
1 Operating elements on the paver finisher ..................................................1
1.1 Control elements on the operator's control station .....................................1
Protective roof (o) ...................................................................................2
Control platform, telescoping seat consoles ..........................................4
Operating panel ......................................................................................5
Service brake ("foot brake") (o) ..............................................................5
Seat console ..........................................................................................6
Storage space ........................................................................................6
Protective roof (o) ...................................................................................7
Windscreen wiper ...................................................................................8
Sunshade ...............................................................................................8
Holder for the vandalism protection facility ............................................8
Driver's seat, type I ...............................................................................9
Driver's seat, type II ............................................................................10
Fuse box ..............................................................................................11
Batteries ...............................................................................................12
Main battery switch ..............................................................................12
Hopper transport safeguard .................................................................13
Screed lock, mechanical (o) .................................................................13
Paving thickness indicator ...................................................................14
Auger lighting (o) ..................................................................................15
LED working light (o) ............................................................................16
Mechanical height adjustment, auger (o) .............................................17
Sensor rod / sensor rod extension .......................................................18
Manual separator fluid spray (o) ..........................................................20
Separator fluid spraying system (o) .....................................................21
Conveyor limit switches ........................................................................22
Ultrasonic auger limit switches
(left and right) - PLC version ................................................................23
(left and right) - conventional version ...................................................24
24 volt / 12 volt sockets (o) ..................................................................25
Central lubrication system (o) ..............................................................26
Pressure control valve for paving stop with relief .................................27
Lane clearer (o) ....................................................................................28
Screed eccentric adjustment ................................................................29
Push roller crossbar, adjustable ...........................................................30
Push roller damping,
hydraulic (o) .........................................................................................31
Fire extinguisher (o) .............................................................................32
First-aid kit (o) ......................................................................................32
Rotary beacon (o) ................................................................................33
Illuminated balloon (o) ..........................................................................34
Installation and operation .....................................................................35
Maintenance .........................................................................................36
Replacing the lamp ..............................................................................36
4
D43.18 Mode of operation .................................................................. 1
1 Preparing for operation .............................................................................. 1
Required devices and aids .................................................................... 1
Before starting work
(in the morning or when starting paving) ............................................... 3
Check list for the machine operator ....................................................... 3
1.1 Starting the paver finisher .......................................................................... 6
Before starting the paver finisher ........................................................... 6
"Normal" starting .................................................................................... 6
External starting (starting aid) ................................................................ 8
After starting ........................................................................................ 11
Observe indicator lamps ...................................................................... 13
Engine coolant temperature check (A) ................................................ 13
Battery charge indicator lamp (B) ........................................................ 13
Diesel engine oil pressure indicator lamp (C) ...................................... 13
Travel drive oil pressure indicator lamp (D) ......................................... 15
1.2 Preparation for transportation .................................................................. 17
Driving and stopping the paver finisher ............................................... 19
1.3 Preparations for paving ............................................................................ 20
Separator fluid ..................................................................................... 20
Screed heater system .......................................................................... 20
Direction marks .................................................................................... 21
Loading/conveying material ................................................................. 23
1.4 Starting for paving .................................................................................... 25
1.5 Checks during paving .............................................................................. 26
Paver function ...................................................................................... 26
Quality of the layer ............................................................................... 26
Screed control with paver finisher stop / in paving operation
(screed stop / paving stop / floating paving) ........................................ 28
Setting pressure for screed control with paving stop + relieving: ....... 29
1.6 Interrupting/terminating operation ............................................................ 31
During breaks in paving (e.g. delay due to material trucks) ................. 31
During longer breaks (e.g. lunch break) .............................................. 31
When work is finished .......................................................................... 33
2 Malfunctions ............................................................................................. 34
2.1 Problems during paving ........................................................................... 34
2.2 Malfunctions on the paver finisher or screed ........................................... 36
E10.18 Set-up and modification ........................................................ 1

1 Special notes on safety .............................................................................. 1
2 Distribution auger ....................................................................................... 3
2.1 Height adjustment ...................................................................................... 3
2.2 Auger width extension and material shaft with protective cover
(optional equipment) .................................................................................. 5
Push roller crossbar, adjustable ............................................................ 6
Hopper scraper ...................................................................................... 7
2.3 Crossbeam guide ....................................................................................... 8
3 Screed ........................................................................................................ 9
5
4 Electrical connections .................................................................................9
5 Limit switch ...............................................................................................11
5.1 Auger limit switches (left and right) - mount PLC version .........................11
5.2 Auger limit switches (left and right) - mount conventional version ...........12
F10 Maintenance .............................................................................1

1 Notes regarding safety ...............................................................................1
F23.18 Maintenance review ................................................................1

1 Maintenance review ...................................................................................1
F30.18 Maintenance - conveyor .........................................................1

1 Maintenance - conveyor .............................................................................1
1.1 Maintenance intervals ................................................................................3
1.2 Points of maintenance ................................................................................4
Chain tension, conveyor (1) ...................................................................4
Conveyor drive - drive chains (2) ...........................................................6
Conveyor deflectors / conveyor
plates (3) ................................................................................................7
F40.18 Maintenance - auger assembly ............................................. 1

1 Maintenance - auger assembly ..................................................................1
Auger drive chains (1) ............................................................................5
Auger box (2) .........................................................................................7
Seals and sealing rings (3) .....................................................................8
Outer auger bearing (4) ..........................................................................9
Mounting screws -
outer augur bearing
Check tightening (5) ...............................................................................9
Auger blade (6) ....................................................................................10
F50.18 Maintenance - engine assembly............................................ 1

1 Maintenance - engine assembly .................................................................1
Engine fuel tank (1) ...............................................................................6
Engine lube oil system (2) .....................................................................7
Engine fuel system (3) ..........................................................................9
Engine air filter (4) ................................................................................11
Engine cooling system (5) ....................................................................12
Engine drive belt (6) .............................................................................14
6
F60.18 Maintenance - hydraulic system ........................................... 1
1 Maintenance - hydraulic system ................................................................ 1
1.1 Maintenance intervals ................................................................................ 4
1.2 Points of maintenance ............................................................................... 6
Hydraulic oil tank (1) .............................................................................. 6
Suction/return flow hydraulic filter (2) .................................................... 8
Ventilation filter ...................................................................................... 8
High-pressure filter (3) ........................................................................... 9
High-pressure filter (4) ......................................................................... 10
Pump distribution gear (5) ................................................................... 11
Bleeder ............................................................................................... 12
Hydraulic hoses (6) .............................................................................. 13
Marking hydraulic hoses / storage period, period of use ..................... 15
Auxiliary flow filter (6) ........................................................................... 16
F71.18 Maintenance - travel drive,

steering .................................................................................... 1
1 Maintenance - travel drive, steering ........................................................... 1
Planetary gear (1) .................................................................................. 5
Drive wheels (2) ..................................................................................... 6
Replacing/dismantling and installing the wheels ................................... 7
Lubrication points (3) ........................................................................... 11
F81.18 Maintenance - electrical system ........................................... 1

1 Maintenance - electrical system ................................................................. 1
Batteries (1) ........................................................................................... 4
Recharging the batteries ........................................................................ 5
Alternator (2) .......................................................................................... 6
Insulation faults ...................................................................................... 8
Cleaning the alternator .......................................................................... 9
Drive belts ........................................................................................... 10
Replace friction clutch .......................................................................... 12
2 Electrical fuses ......................................................................................... 13
2.1 Main fuses ................................................................................................ 13
2.2 Fuses in main terminal box ...................................................................... 14
Relays in main terminal box ................................................................. 16
7
F90.18 Maintenance - lubricating points ...........................................1
1 Maintenance - lubricating points .................................................................1
Central lubrication system (1) ................................................................3
Bearing points (2) ...................................................................................7
F100 Tests, stopping ... ....................................................................1

1 Tests, checks, cleaning, stopping ..............................................................1
2 General visual inspection ...........................................................................3
3 Check that the bolts and nuts fit firmly .......................................................3
4 Inspection by an expert ..............................................................................3
5 Cleaning .....................................................................................................4
5.1 Cleaning the hopper ...................................................................................5
5.2 Cleaning the conveyor and auger ..............................................................5
5.3 Cleaning optical or acoustic sensors ..........................................................6
6 Preserving the paver finisher ......................................................................7
6.1 Shutdowns for up to 6 months ....................................................................7
6.2 Shutdowns lasting from 6 months to 1 year ...............................................7
6.3 Recommissioning the machine ..................................................................7
7 Environmental protection, disposal ............................................................8
7.1 Environmental protection ............................................................................8
7.2 Disposal ......................................................................................................8
8 Bolts - torques ............................................................................................9
8.1 Standard metric threads - strength class 8.8 / 10.9 / 12.9 ..........................9
8.2 Fine metric threads - strength class 8.8 / 10.9 / 12.9 ...............................10
F111.18 Lubricants and operating

substances ...............................................................................1
1 Lubricants and operating substances .........................................................1
1.1 Capacities ...................................................................................................3
2 Operating substance specifications ............................................................4
2.1 Notes on diesel fuel ....................................................................................4
2.2 Drive engine TIER III (o) fuel specification ................................................4
2.3 Drive engine TIER IV (o) fuel specification ................................................4
2.4 Engine - lubricating oil ................................................................................5
2.5 Cooling system ...........................................................................................5
2.6 Hydraulic system ........................................................................................5
2.7 Pump distribution gear ...............................................................................5
2.8 Drive unit planetary gear ............................................................................5
2.9 Auger box ..................................................................................................6
2.10 Grease .......................................................................................................6
2.11 Hydraulic oil ................................................................................................7
8
V Preface
Translation of the original operating instructions.
If the vehicle is to be operated safely, the information provided in these operating in-
structions will be required. The information is provided in a concise, clearly structured
form. The individual chapters are arranged in alphabetical order. and every chapter
starts with page 1. The individual pages are identified by the chapter letter and the
page number.
Example: Page B 2 is the second page of chapter B.
These operating instructions cover various vehicle options. Make sure that during op-
eration and maintenance work the description appropriate to the vehicle option is
used.
In the interest of continued development, the manufacturer reserves the right to make
changes to the vehicle (which will not, however, change the essential features of the
type of vehicle described) without updating the present operating instructions at the
same time.
Dynapac GmbH
Wardenburg
Ammerländer Strasse 93
D-26203 Wardenburg / Germany
Telephone: +49 / (0)4407 / 972-0
Fax: +49 / (0)4407 / 972-228
www.dynapac.com
V1
1 General safety instructions
1.1 Laws, guidelines, accident prevention regulations
A The locally applicable laws, guidelines and accident prevention regulations must al-
ways be observed, even if these are not expressly named here.
The user himself/herself is responsible for compliance with the resulting regulations
and measures!
A The following warnings, prohibitive symbols and instructive symbols indicate dangers
for persons, the vehicle and the environment due to residual risks when operating the
vehicle.
A Failure to observe this information, prohibitions and instructions can result in life-
threatening injuries!
A The "Guidelines for the Correct Use and Application of Paver Finishers" compiled by
Dynapac must also be observed!
V2
1.2 Safety signs, signal words
In the safety instructions, the signal words "Danger", "Warning", "Caution", "Note" are
positioned in the coloured title block. They follow a certain hierarchy; in combination
with the warning symbol, they indicate the severity of the danger or the type of note.
"Danger"!
DANGER
Danger of personal injury.
Indication of an immediately threatening danger that result in fatal or severe injuries
unless the corresponding actions are taken.
"Warning" !
WARNING
Indication of a possible danger that can result in fatal or se-
vere injuries unless the corresponding actions are taken.
"Caution" !
CAUTION
Indication of a possible danger that result in moderate or mi-
nor injuries unless the corresponding actions are taken.
"Note" !
NOTE
Indication of a possible drawback unless the corresponding
actions are taken, e.g. unwanted conditions or consequences can occur.
1.3 Other supplementary information
Other information and important explanations are identified by the following picto-
grams:
Precedes safety instructions that must be observed in order to prevent danger to per-
f sonnel.
Precedes notes that must be observed to prevent damage to equipment.

m
A Precedes general notes and explanations.
V3
1.4 Warnings
Warning on a dangerous area or hazard!

Failure to observe the warnings can result in life-threatening inju-
ries!
Warning on danger of being pulled in!
In this working area/on this element there is a danger of being pulled

m in by rotating or conveying elements!
Only carry out activities with elements switched off!
Warning on dangerous electrical voltage!
All maintenance and repair work on the screed's electrical system

m must always be carried out by an electrician!
Warning on suspended loads!
Never stand under suspended loads!

m
Warning on danger of crushing!
m There is a danger of crushing when certain components are operat-

ed, or certain functions or vehicle movements are carried out.
Always make sure that there are no persons within the endangered
areas!
Warning on hand injuries!
Warning on hot surfaces or hot liquids!
V4
Warning on danger of falling!
Warning on dangers posed by batteries!
Warning on hazardous or irritating substances!
Warning on substances which constitute a fire hazard!
Warning on gas bottles!
V5
1.5 Prohibitive symbols
Opening/walking on/reaching in/carrying out/setting up are prohibit-

ed during operation or while the drive engine is running!
Do not start engine/drive!

Maintenance and repair work may only be carried out with the diesel
engine shut down!
Spraying with water is prohibited!
Extinguishing with water is prohibited!
Unauthorised maintenance is prohibited!

Only qualified experts may conduct maintenance!
A Consult the Dynapac Service Department
Fire!, naked flames and smoking are prohibited!
Do not switch!
V6
1.6 Protective equipment
A Locally applicable regulations may require the wearing of various safety equipment!
Always observe these regulations!
Wear safety goggles to protect your eyes!
Wear suitable head protection!
Wear suitable hearing protection to protect your hearing!
Wear suitable safety gloves to protect your hands!
Wear safety shoes to protect your feet!
Always wear close-fitting work clothing!

Wear a warning vest to be seen in time to avoid accidents!
Wear respiratory equipment if breathing air is contaminated!
V7
1.7 Environmental protection
A The locally applicable laws, guidelines and accident prevention regulations for the
proper recycling and disposal of waste must always be observed, even if these are
not expressly named here.
Water-endangering substances like:
- Lubricants (oil, grease)

- Hydraulic oil
- Diesel fuel
- Coolant
- Cleaning liquids
must not get into the soil or sewer system during cleaning, maintenance and repair
work!
Substances must be caught, stored, transported and brought to pro-

fessional disposal sites in suitable containers!
Environmentally hazardous substance!
1.8 Fire prevention
A Locally applicable regulations may require suitable extinguishing agents to be carried

on the vehicle!
Always observe these regulations!
Fire extinguisher!
(optional equipment)
V8
1.9 Additional information
Also observe the manufacturer's documentation and additional doc-

m umentation!
A For example, the maintenance instructions of the engine manufac-

turer
Description / depiction applicable when equipped with gas heater!

m
Description / depiction applicable when equipped with electric heat-

m er!
t Used to indicate standard equipment.
o Used to indicate optional equipment.
V9
2 CE identification and Declaration of Conformity
(only applies to machines sold in the EU/EEC)
This machine has CE identification. This identification says that the machine fulfils the
basic health and safety requirements pursuant to the Machinery Directive 2006/42/
EC together with all other valid regulations. The scope of supply of the machine in-
cludes a Declaration of Conformity as specified in the valid regulations and amend-
ments together with harmonised standards and other valid provisions.
3 Guarantee conditions
A The guarantee conditions are included in the scope of supply of the machine.
This contains a complete specification of the valid conditions.
The guarantee becomes null and void if
- damage occurrs through malfunctions caused by improper use and incorrect oper-
ation.
- repairs or manipulations are carried out by persons who are neither trained nor au-
thorised accordingly.
- accessories or spare parts are used that cause damage and which are not ap-
proved by Dynapac.
V 10
4 Residual risks
These are risks that remain even if all possible measures and safety precautions
have been taken to help minimise dangers (risks) or to reduce their probability and
scope to zero.
Residual risks in the form of
- Danger to life and limb of persons at the machine

- Danger to the environment posed by the machine
- Damage to property and restricted output and functionality of the machine
- Damage to property in the operating range of the machine
caused by:
- wrong or improper use of the machine

- defective or missing safety devices
- use of the machine by untrained, uninstructed staff
- defective or damaged parts
- incorrect transport of the machine
- incorrect maintenance or repairs
- leaking operating substances
- emission of noise and vibrations
- impermissible operating substances
Existing residual risks can be avoided by complying and implementing the fol-
lowing:
- warnings at the machine

- warnings and instructions in the safety manual for paver finishers and in the oper-
ating instructions of the paver finisher
- Operating instructions of the machine operator
V 11
5 Sensibly predictable incorrect usage
Every kind of sensibly predictable incorrect usage of the machine constitutes misuse.
Incorrect usage makes the manufacturer's warranty null and void: the operator bears
sole responsibility.
Sensibly predictable incorrect usage of the machine includes:
- presence in the danger zone of the machine

- transporting persons
- leaving the operator's platform while the machine is operating
- removing protection or safety devices
- starting and using the machine outside the operator's platform
- operating the machine with the screed walkway plate hinged up
- failing to comply with the maintenance instructions
- omission or incorrect execution of maintenance or repair work
- spraying the machine with high pressure cleaners
V 12
A Correct use and application
A The "Guidelines for the Correct Use and Application of Paver Finishers" compiled by
Dynapac are included in the scope of delivery for the present machine. The
guidelines are part of the present operating instructions and must always be heeded.
National regulations are fully applicable.
The road construction machine described in these operating instructions is a paver

finisher that is suited for laying mixed materials, roll-down concrete or lean-mixed
concrete, track-laying ballast and unbound mineral aggregates for foundations for
paving.
The paver finisher must be used, operated and maintained according to the
instructions given in the present operating instructions. Any other use is regarded as
improper use and can cause injury to persons or damage to the paver finisher or other
equipment or property.
Any use going beyond the range of applications described above is regarded as
improper use and is expressly forbidden! Especially in those cases where the paver
finisher is to be operated on inclines or where it is to be used for special purposes
(construction of dumps, dams), it is absolutely necessary to contact the manufacturer.
Duties of the user: A "user" within the meaning of these operating instructions is
defined as any natural or legal person who either uses the paver finisher himself, or
on whose behalf it is used. In special cases (e.g. leasing or renting), the user is
considered to be the person who, in accordance with existing contractual agreements
between the owner and the user of the paver finisher, is charged with the observance
of the operating duties.
The user must ensure that the paver finisher is only used in the stipulated manner and
that all danger to life and limb of the operator, or third parties, is avoided. In addition
to this, it must be ensured that the relevant accident prevention regulations and other
safety-related provisions as well as the operating, servicing and maintenance
guidelines are observed. The user must also ensure that all persons operating the
paver finisher have read and understood the present operating instructions.
Mounting of attachments: The paver finisher must only be operated in conjunction

with screeds that have been approved by the manufacturer. Mounting or installation
of any attachments that will interfere with or supplement the functions of the paver
finisher is permitted only after written approval by the manufacturer has been
obtained. If necessary, the approval of local authorities must be obtained.
Any approval obtained from local authorities does not, however, make approval by
the manufacturer unnecessary.
A1
A2
B Vehicle description
1 Application
The Dynapac paver finisher SD1800W is a wheeled paver finisher which is used for
paving bituminous mixed material, roll-down or lean-mixed concrete, track-laying bal-
last and unbound mineral aggregates for foundations for paving.
B1
2 Description of assemblies and functions
16
13
14
17
12 1
18
11 10 9 4 7 6 15 2
Item Designation
1 t Material compartment (hopper)
2 t Truck push rollers
3 t Sensor rod (direction indicator)
4 t Rear wheels
5 t Levelling cylinder for paving thickness
6 t Traction roller
7 t Crossbeam pull bar
8 t Paving thickness indicator
9 t Crossbeam
10 t Travel drive
11 t Auger
12 t Screed
13 t Operator’s platform
14 t Operating panel (can be moved to either side)
15 t Tandem front axle
16 o Protective roof
17 o Working lights
18 o Hydraulic front hopper flap
= Standard equipment o = Optional equipment
B2
2.1 Vehicle
Construction
The paver finisher has a welded steel frame on which the individual components
are mounted.
The large drive wheels and the tandem front axle compensate uneven areas on
the ground; the suspension of the attached screed additionally helps to attain high
paving precision.
The continuously adjustable hydrostatic travel drive allows the speed of the paver fin-
isher to be matched to all work conditions.
The operation of the paver finisher is considerably facilitated by the automatic mate-
rial handling system, the independent travel drives and the clearly structured operat-
ing components and controls.
The following extra equipment (option) is available:
o Automatic levelling/slope control system
o Hopper with hydraulic front hopper
o Protective roof (control platform)
o Emulsion spraying system
o Push roller damping "Safe Impact System"
o Asphalt fume control system
o Additional headlights, warning lamps
o Central lubrication system
o Alternator
o Larger working widths
o Further equipment and upgrade options on request
B3
Engine: The paver finisher is driven by a water cooled diesel engine. For further de-
tails see the technical data and the engine's instruction manual.
Traction unit: The front axle is a tandem swing axle. As the wheels are not mounted
on non-uniform lifting arms, the second front wheel is subject to a heavier load on the
shorter lifting arm.
This solution provides increased steering and load-bearing capabilities, especially on
soft grounds. The tyres are solid rubber tyres at the front axle and large, tubeless,
pneumatic tyres at the rear axle.
When equipped with an additional front wheel drive, the second front axle can be
used as a second drive axle.
Hydraulic system: The diesel engine drives the hydraulic pumps for all main paver
finisher drives via the attached distribution gear and its auxiliary drive shafts.
Travel drive: The continuously adjustable travel drive pumps are connected to the
travel drive engines by means of high pressure hydraulic hoses.
These oil engines drive the drive wheels via planetary gears.
The multi-stage planetary gear covers the various driving ranges and the braking
function.
Steering system/operator's platform: The fully hydraulic steering system ensures

easy manoeuvrability.
The small turning radius permits quick and easy manoeuvring.
The seat consoles left/right can be moved beyond the outer edge of the vehicle, pro-
viding the driver with a better view of the paving area in this position.
The entire operating panel can be swivelled for operation beyond the outer edge
of the vehicle, and can be additionally be locked in several positions along the
control platform.
Push roller crossbar: The push rollers for material trucks are fastened to a cross bar
that is pivoted at its centre. The paver finisher thus deviates less from its course and
paving in curves is made easier.
For adaptation to various truck design types, the push roller crossbar can be shifted
to two positions.
Push roller damping (o) hydraulically absorbs the shocks between the material truck
and paver finisher.
B4
Material compartment (hopper): The hopper inlet is equipped with a conveyor sys-
tem that empties the hopper and transfers the material to the auger.
The hopper can hold approx. 10.5 t.
To facilitate emptying and achieve even material transfer, each of the lateral covers
of the hopper can be hydraulically folded in.
The hydraulic front hopper flaps (o) ensure that no material remains at the front of
the feeding hoppers.
The hopper is designed as a "Thermal Hopper" and lengthens the cooling down pe-
riod for the material.
Material transfer: The paver finisher is equipped with two conveyors driven sepa-
rately that transfer the material from the hopper to the augers.
By scanning the filling height during the paving procedure, the transfer amount or
speed is regulated fully automatically.
The drive is reversible.
Augers: The augers are driven and actuated independently from the conveyors. The
left-hand and the right-hand half of the auger can be controlled separately. The drive
system is fully hydraulic.
The conveying direction can be changed towards the centre or towards the outside.
This ensures that there is always a sufficient supply of material even if an excessive
amount of material is required at one side.
The auger speed is continuously controlled by sensors that monitor the material flow.
Auger height adjustment and extension: Height adjustment and extension of au-
gers ensure optimum adaptation to a wide range of paving thicknesses and widths.
Auger segments of different lengths can be attached to easily adapt to the different
paving widths.
The auger height is adjusted hydraulically.
B5
Levelling/slope control system: The slope control system (o) allows the traction
point to be regulated at the left-hand or the right-hand side with a defined difference
to the opposite side.
To determine the actual value, the two traction crossbeams are linked with a slope
control rod.
The slope control system always operates in conjunction with the screed height ad-
justment of the opposite side.
By adjusting the height of the traction point of the crossbeam (traction roller), the pav-
ing thickness of the material or the laying height of the screed can be controlled.
Actuation occurs electro-hydraulically on both sides and can be controlled manually
by means of toggle switches or automatically by means of an electronic grade
control system.
Crossbeams / screed lifting device: The screed lifting device is used to lift the
screed for the paving conditions and during transportation.
This takes place by hydraulic means by actuating a hydraulic cylinder.
The crossbeams have a multi-stage rapid adjustment for the positioning angle
Automatic paving stop: The automatic paving stop prevents the formation of any
screed marks caused by a stopped screed. When the paver finisher stops (during a
truck change), the screed remains in position, preventing the screed from sinking
while stationary.
Asphalt fume control system (o): An extraction system extracts and discharges
asphalt fumes.
Central lubrication system (o): The central lubrication pump fitted with a large lu-
bricant tank supplies grease to the various lubrication circuits through various flow di-
viders. They supply lubricant to the service-sensitive points of lubrication
(e.g. bearings) at adjustable intervals.
B6
3 Danger zones
WARNING Danger for persons in the danger zone

Persons in the danger zone can suffer severe or fatal inju-
ries from movements and functions of the vehicle!
- Remaining in the vehicle's danger zone during operation
is prohibited!
- During operation, only the vehicle operator and the
screed personnel are allowed on the vehicle or in the
danger zone. The vehicle operator and screed personnel
must keep to the respective driver's seats.
- Make sure that there is no-one in the danger zone
before switching the vehicle on or starting it moving.
- The vehicle operator must ensure that no-one is in the
danger zone.
- Sound the horn before driving away.
- Comply with all further information in these instructions
and in the safety manual.
B7
4 Safety devices
11
4 5 6 7 10
8
3
12
10
1 2
B8
Item Designation
1 Hopper transport safeguard **
2 Crossbeam lock, mechanical **
3 Main switch
4 Emergency stop button
5 Horn
6 Ignition key
7 Lights **
8 Protective roof latch (o) **
9 Fire extinguisher (o)
10 Screed warning light (o) **
11 Covers, lateral flaps, coverings **
12 Foot brake
13 Hazard warning flasher **
14 Rotary beacon (o)
** Located on both sides of the vehicle
Safe operation is only possible when all operating and control elements are function-
m ing correctly and when all safety devices are in position.
Check the function of these devices at regular intervals.

m
A Functional descriptions for the individual safety facilities can be found in the follow-
ing chapters.
B9
5 Technical data, standard configuration
5.1 Dimensions (all dimensions in mm)
1910
3600
2915
2590
1620
R6
5
420
310 310
1600
5020
5350
260
1450
1800
3040
3150
A For screed technical data, refer to the screed operating instructions.
B 10
5.2 Allowed angle of rise and slope
max. 15° max. 15°
max. 15° max. 15°
A Before operating your vehicle in an inclined position (gradient, slope, lateral inclina-
tion) which is above the specified limit value, please consult the customer service de-
partment for your vehicle!
5.3 Permissible approach angle
max. 15° max. 13°
5.4 Turning circle
Internal turning cycle 5.0 m

External turning cycle 10.0 m
B 11
5.5 Weights (all weights in t)
Paver finisher without screed approx. 8.7

Paver finisher with screed:
- V3500 approx. 10.3
With extension parts for max.
approx. 0.52
working width, additionally max.:
With filled hopper
approx. 10.5
additionally max.
A For the weights of the screed and the screed attachments, see the operating instruc-
tions for the screed.
B 12
5.6 Capacity data
maximum paving widths

minimum paving width
(without cut-off shoes)
(with extension parts)

fully variable hydr.
(with cut-off shoe)
adjustment up to
Screed used
Basic width
V3500TV 1.75 0.7 3.50 4.1 m
Transport speed 0 - 15 km/h

Transport speed - reversing 0 - 4.8 km/h
Operating speed 0 - 25 m/min
Paving height -120 - 200 mm
Max. grain size 30 mm
Theoretical paving performance 350 t/h
B 13
5.7 Travel drive/traction unit
Hydrostatic drive with pump and motor, continu-

Drive
ously adjustable
Transmission Planetary gear
Speeds (see above)
Drive wheels 2 x 385/65R22,5 (pneumatic tyres)
Steered wheels 4 x 492/260-378 (elastic solid rubber tyres)
2- wheel hub hydraulic motor, variable drive per-
Front-wheel drive
formance, anti-spin control
Brakes Travel drive brake, hydraulic parking brake
5.8 Engine EU 3A / Tier 3 (o)
Make/type Deutz TD 2.9 L4

Version 4-cylinder diesel engine
Performance 54 KW / 73 PS (at 2200 rpm)
Fuel consumption, full load 14 l/h
Fuel consumption, 2/3 load 9.3 l/h
Fuel tank capacity (See chapter F)
5.9 Engine EU 4 / Tier 4f (o)
Make/type Deutz TD 2.9 L4

Version 4-cylinder diesel engine
Performance 54 KW / 73 PS (at 2200 rpm)
Fuel consumption, full load 15.3 l/h
Fuel consumption, 2/3 load 10.2 l/h
Fuel tank capacity (See chapter F)
5.10 Hydraulic system
Hydraulic pumps via distribution gear

Pressure generation
(directly flanged to the engine)
Hydraulic circuits for:
- Travel drive
- Auger
- Conveyor
Pressure distribution
- Tamper / vibration
- Operating functions
- Fan
- Separate hydraulic circuits for options
Hydraulic oil reservoir - volume (See chapter F)
B 14
5.11 Material compartment (hopper)
Volume Approx. 4.8 m3 = approx. 10.5t

Minimum inlet height, centre 520 mm
Minimum inlet height, outside 605 mm
Hopper width, outside, open 3400 mm
5.12 Material transfer
Type Dual conveyor belt

Width 2 x 350 mm
Conveyors Left and right auger separately controllable
Drive Hydrostatic, continuously controllable
Conveying volume controller Fully automatic via configurable switching points
5.13 Material distribution
Auger diameter 320 mm

Hydrostatic central drive, fully variable regardless
of conveyorAuger halves can be switched to
Drive
opposite directions
Reversible direction of rotation
Conveying volume controller Fully automatic via configurable switching points
Auger height adjustment - mechanical / hydraulic (o)
Auger extension With extension parts (see auger extension chart)
B 15
5.14 Screed lifting device
At standstill:
Special functions
- Screed stop
Mechanical grade control
Levelling system
Optional systems with and without slope control
5.15 Electrical system
On-board voltage 24 V
Batteries 2 x 12 V, 74Ah
Alternator (o) 12.5 kVA / 400V
5.16 Permissible temperature ranges
Operation -5°C / +45°C

Storage -5°C / +45°C
B 16
6 Identification points
CAUTION Danger due to missing or misunderstood vehicle signs

Missing or misunderstood vehicle signs pose a danger
of injuries!
- Never remove any warnings or information signs from
the vehicle.
- Damaged or lost warning or information signs must be
replaced immediately.
- Make yourself familiar with the meaning and position of
the warning and information signs.
B 17
1 11 4
72
50 2 5
28
10
12 52
26
6 27
22 21
23
9
24 34
3
60 25
20
22 21
29 30
31
3 6
22 21
32
8
33
34
B 18
51
53
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 71
40
42
41
70
73
B 19
6.1 Warning signs
No. Pictogram Meaning

- Warning - operating instructions!
Danger due to improper operation. The
vehicle personnel must have read and
understood the safety, operating and
maintenance instructions for the vehicle
before the vehicle is put into operation!
1
Failure to comply with the operating and
warning instructions can cause severe
or fatal injuries. Always replace lost op-
erating instructions immediately! It is
your personal responsibility to take due
care and attention!
- Warning - switch off the engine and re-
move the ignition key before perform-
ing any maintenance and repair work!
If the drive engine is left running or func-
2
tions are switched on, this can cause se-
vere or fatal injuries!
Switch the engine off and remove
the ignition key.
- Warning - danger of crushing!

Crushing points can cause severe
3 or fatal injuries!
Maintain a safe distance from the dan-
ger area!
- Warning - hot surface - risk of burning!

Hot surfaces can cause severe injuries!
4 Keep your hands a safe distance away
from the danger area! Use protective
clothing or protective equipment!
- Warning - danger from fan!

Rotating fans can cause severe
injuries from cutting or severing
5
fingers and hands.
Keep your hands a safe distance away
from the danger area!
B 20
- Warning - danger of crushing fingers
and hands due to moving, accessible
vehicle parts!
Crushing points can cause severe inju-
6
ries with the loss of parts of the fingers
or hand.
- Caution - danger due to incorrect
towing!
Vehicle movements can cause severe
or fatal injuries.
8
The traction system brake must
be released before towing.
Always observe the operating
instructions!
- Warning - danger from running engine!

If the drive engine is left running, this
9 can cause severe or fatal injuries.
Never open the engine hood while the
engine is running!
- Warning - danger of being pulled in by

the belt drive!
Being pulled in by the belt drive
10 can cause severe injuries to the hands
and arms.
- Warning - danger from improper
transportation!
Always sit down with the seatbelt fas-
tened to drive the vehicle forwards/in re-
verse at transport speed! Driving the
11
vehicle when standing up / without the
seatbelt fastened can cause severe or
fatal injuries.
instructions!
B 21
- Maintenance for the starter batteries!

Maintenance work has to be carried out
12 to the starter batteries!
Comply with the maintenance
instructions!
B 22
6.2 Information signs
- Operating instructions
20
Position of the storage compartment.
- Lifting point
21 Lifting the machine is only permitted at these
lifting points!
- Lashing point
22
Lashing the machine is only permitted at these points!
- Main battery switch

23
Position of the main battery switch.
- Diesel fuel
24
Position of the filling point.
- Diesel fuel, off, sulphur level < 15 ppm

24
Position of the filling point, specification.
- Fuel drainage point

25
Position of the drainage point.
B 23
- Engine oil
26
Position of the filling and control point.
- Engine oil drainage point

27
- Engine coolant
28
- Hydraulic oil
29
Position of the filling point.
- Hydraulic oil level

30
Position of the control point.
- Hydraulic oil drainage point

31
- Gear oil
32
B 24
- Gear oil drainage point

33
- Tyre air pressure

34
Required tyre pressure.
6.3 CE marking
40 - CE, sound output level
B 25
6.4 Instructive symbols, prohibitive symbols, warning symbols
50 - Wear ear protectors
51 - Do not enter the area!
52 - Warning on dangers posed by batteries!
53 - First aid kit
B 26
6.5 Danger symbols
No. Pictogram Meaning No.

- XN: Danger to health! This substance
can damage your health when absorbed
in the body!
Substance irritating to skin, eyes and
respiratory system; can cause
inflammation.
Avoid contact with the human body; also
avoid inhaling the vapours and seek
medical advice if feeling unwell.
60
- N: Environmentally hazardous sub-
stance! May cause immediate or
delayed danger to the eco-system when
released into the environment.
Do not release into the sewage system,
ground or environment, depending on
hazard potential. Comply with special
disposal regulations!
- Diesel fuel complies with EN590
B 27
6.6 Further warnings and operating instructions
- Warning - hazard from

unsupported screed!
If the screed sags, this can cause severe
or fatal injuries! Insert crossbeam lock
70
only at crown adjustment "zero". Cross-
beam lock only for transportation! Do not
charge the screed or work under it if it is
only secured by the crossbeam lock!
- Important - danger of high voltage

in vehicle electrical system!
Disconnect batteries and electronics dur-
71 ing welding work or when charging the
batteries, or use a service watchdog
D978000024 in accordance with the cor-
responding instruction manual.
- Important!
Only use approved radiator anti-freeze.
Never mix different grades of radiator
72
anti-freeze.
instructions!
- Caution - danger from faulty roof lock!

73
The roof must be locked correctly in the
o
top or bottom position! Always observe
the operating instructions!
B 28
6.7 Identification label for the paver finisher (41)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Item Designation
1 Paver finisher type
2 Year of construction
3 Operating weight, incl. all extension parts, in kg
4 Maximum permitted total weight in kg
5 Max. permissible load on the front axle, in kg
6 Max. permissible load on the rear axle, in kg
7 Maximum permissible axle load of the trailer axle in kg (o)
8 Rated performance in kW
9 Product identification number (PIN)
A The punched vehicle identification number (VIN) on the paver finisher must match the
product identification number (9).
B 29
6.8 Explanation of 17PIN serial number
>10002014JHG002076<
A
B
C
F
A - Manufacturer
B - Family/Model
C - Check letter
F - Serial number
B 30
6.9 Engine type plate
The engine type plate (1) is affixed on top of the engine.

The type plate states the engine type, serial number and engine data.
Please state the engine number of the engine when ordering spare parts.
A See also operating instructions for the engine.
B 31
7 EN standards
7.1 Continuous sound pressure level SD1800W
The operator always must use ear protection. The emission value at the ear of the
m driver varies depending on the materials used for paving and may even rise above
85 dB(A). If no ear protection devices are used, hearing can be impaired.
The sound emission level of the paver finisher was measured under free-field condi-
tions according to EN 500-6:2006 and ISO 4872.
Sound pressure level at the operator’s position

(at the height of the head): LAF = XX.X dB(A)
Sound capacity level: LWA = XXX.XdB(A)
Sound pressure level at the vehicle
Measuring point 2 4 6 8 10 12
Sound pressure level
LAFeq (dB(A)) XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX
7.2 Operating conditions during measurement
The diesel engine was running at maximum speed. The screed was lowered into
working position. The tamper and the vibrator were running at min. 50% of their max-
imum speed, the augers at min. 40% and the conveyors at min. 10% of their maxi-
mum speed.
7.3 Measuring point configuration
Hemispherical measuring surface with a radius of 16 m. The machine was at the cen-
tre. The measuring points had been assigned the following coordinates:
Measuring points 2, 4, 6, 8 Measuring points 10, 12

Co-ordinates X Y Z X Y Z
- 4,32 +10.4 11.36
±11.2 ±11.2 1.5
+4.32 -10.4 11.36
B 32
7.4 Vibration acting on the entire body
When the vehicle is used properly, the weighted effective acceleration values at the
driver’s seat of aw = 0.5 m/s2 according to DIN EN 1032 are not exceeded.
7.5 Vibrations acting on hands and arms
When the vehicle is used properly, the weighted effective acceleration values at the
driver’s seat of ahw = 2.5 m/s2 according to DIN EN ISO 20643 are not exceeded.
7.6 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
The following limit values are observed according to the protection requirements of
the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC:
- Interference emission according to DIN EN 13309:

< 35 dB µV/m for frequencies of 30 MHz - 1GHz measured at a distance of 10 m
< 45 db µV/m for frequencies of 30 MHz - 1 GHz measured at a distance of 10 m
- Interference immunity against electrostatic discharge (ESD) according

to DIN EN 13309:
The paver finisher did not show any discernible reactions to contact discharges of
± 4 KV and to air discharges of ± 4 KV.
The modifications according to test criterion "A" are being met, i.e. the paver finish-
er continues to work without malfunction during the test.
Electrical or electronic components and their arrangement may only be modified after
written approval has been obtained from the manufacturer.
B 33
B 34
C 13.18 Transportation
1 Safety regulations for transportation
Accidents can happen when the paver finisher and the screed are not properly pre-
m pared for transportation or when transportation is carried out improperly!
Reduce both the paver finisher and the screed to their basic widths. Remove all pro-
truding parts (such as the automatic levelling system, auger limit switches, aprons,
etc.). When transporting under a special permit, secure these parts!
Close the hopper lids and set the hopper transport safeguards. Lift the screed
and engage the screed transport safeguards. Convert the protective roof and engage
the latch.
Pack all parts that are not permanently fixed to the paver finisher and the screed into
the appropriate boxes and into the hopper.
Close all coverings and check that they are securely seated.
In Germany, gas bottles must not be transported on the paver finisher or on

the screed.
Disconnect the gas bottles from the gas system and protect them with their caps. Use
a separate vehicle to transport them.
When loading via ramps, there is a risk that the machine will slip, tilt or overturn.
Drive carefully! Keep people away from the danger area!
Additional stipulations for transportation on public roads:
Comply with the local road traffic regulations!

m
On the screed, remove the floorboards and place them in the hopper.
m Hinged side shields must be swivelled behind the screed and secured correctly.
The operator must be in the possession of a valid permit for vehicles of this type.
The driver's seat must be on the same side as the service brake.
The driving lights must be properly adjusted.
Only accessories and extension parts may be transported in the hopper, no material
or gas bottles!
If necessary, the operator must be assisted by a second person when driving on pub-
lic roads – especially at road crossings and junctions.
C 13.18 1
2 Transportation on low-bed trailers
Reduce the paver finisher and the screed to their basic widths; also remove any at-
m tached side plates.
The maximum approach angle is indicated in the section entitled "Technical data"!
Check the fill level of the operating substances so that these do not escape when driv-
m ing on an incline.
Attachment and loading equipment must meet the conditions of the applicable acci-
m dent prevention regulations!
The weight of the paver finisher must be taken into consideration when selecting the
m attachment and loading equipment!
2.1 Preparations
- Prepare the paver finisher for transportation (see chapter D).

- Remove all overlaying or loose parts from finisher and screed (see also Screed op-
erating instructions). Store these parts in a safe place.
Move the auger to the uppermost position to avoid collisions!

m
When screed is operated with the optional gas heating
f system:
- Remove the gas bottles for the screed heating system:

- Close the main shut-off valves and the bottle valves.
- Turn off the valves on the bottles and remove the gas
bottles from the holder.
- Transport the gas bottles on a second vehicle; heed all applicable
safety regulations.
C 13.18 2
Operation Buttons
- Deactivating the function lock
- Activate set-up mode.
- Close the hopper lids.
- Engage both hopper transport

safeguards.
- Lift the screed.
- Insert the transportation safeguards

of the screed.
- Fully extend the levelling cylinder.
C 13.18 3
Operation Buttons
- Retract the screed parts until the

screed matches the basic width of the
paver finisher.
- Deactivate set-up mode.
C 13.18 4
3 Securing the load
A The following instructions for securing the load on the low-bed trailer consist merely
in examples of how to secure the load correctly.
A Always comply with the local regulations for securing the load and for correct use of
load securing equipment.
A Normal driving mode also includes emergency braking, evasive manoeuvres and
poor road surfaces.
A Use should be made of the different methods available for securing loads (positive fit,
force connection, diagonal lashing, etc.) in accordance with the specific transport vehicle.
The low-loader must have the necessary number of lashing points with a lashing
m strength of LC 4,000 daN.
The total height and total width must not exceed the maximum permissible dimensions.
m
The ends of lashing chains and straps must be secured to prevent them working
m loose and falling down unintentionally!
3.1 Prepare the low loader
The floor of the loading space must always be undamaged, free of oil and mud, dry
m (residual moisture is permitted without accumulations of water) and swept clean!
C 13.18 5
3.2 Driving onto the low-bed trailer
Make sure that there are no persons in the danger area during loading.
f
- Use the work gear and low engine speeds to drive onto the low-bed trailer.
C 13.18 6
3.3 Lashing equipment
Use the load securing equipment, lashing straps and chains belonging to the vehicle.
Additional shackles, eyebolts, edge guards and non-slip mats may be needed de-
pending on the type of load securing equipment.
Always comply with the stated values for permitted lashing force and load rating!
m
Always tighten the lashing chains and straps hand-tight (100-150 daN).
m
- Lashing chain
permissible lashing force LC 4,000 daN
- Lashing straps
permissible lashing force LC 4,000 daN
- Shackles
Load rating 4,000 daN
- Edge guards for lashing straps
- Non-slip mats
Lashing equipment must be checked by the user for any signs of damage before use.
m On detecting any signs of damage that affect safety, the lashing equipment must be
withdrawn from further use.
C 13.18 7
3.4 Loading
Pay attention to load distribution during loading!

m On some vehicles, the kingpin load is too low so that the load has to be positioned
further to the back of the vehicle.
Always heed the details regarding load distribution stipulated for the vehicle together
with the centre of gravity of the paver finisher.
If the paver finisher has to be placed in the front section of the low-bed trailer for load
distribution reasons or on account of the length of the paver finisher, ensure that it
stands freely.
C 13.18 8
3.5 Preparing the vehicle
3 1 4
2 5 6
After the vehicle has been positioned on the low-loader, the following preparations
must be carried out:
- Close hopper, set hopper transport safeguards (1).

- Position the non-slip mats under the screed across the whole width of the vehicle (2)
and lower the screed.
- Switch off the paver finisher.
- Attach and secure the protective hood (3) to the operating panel.
- Lower the roof and set the retainers (4) properly on both sides. (see section entitled
"Protective roof")
- Fold up the walkway plates of the screed and fasten on both sides using lashing
straps (5) and the existing retaining pins (6).
C 13.18 9
4 Securing the load
4.1 Securing at the front
Fasten lashing chains at the front
Diagonal lashing secures the paver finisher at the front using the lashing points on
m the paver finisher and on the low-load trailer.
Fasten the lashing chains as shown.
Shackles have to be used: To ensure that lashing chains can be fitted securely on the
m left and on the right, a shackle has to be fitted at each of the lashing points (1) provid-
ed on the paver finisher for the lashing equipment
The lashing angles should be: "ß" between 6°-55° and "a" between 20°-65°!
m
C 13.18 10
4.2 Securing at the rear
Fasten lashing chains
Diagonal lashing secures the paver finisher at the rear using the lashing points on the
m paver finisher and on the low-load trailer.
Fasten the lashing chains as shown.
A Permissible angles see "Securing at the front".
C 13.18 11
4.3 After transportation
- Remove the attachment devices.

- Raise protective roof:
A See section entitled "Protective roof"
- Start engine.
- Lift the screed to the transportation position.
- Drive from the trailer at a low engine revs/speed.
- Park the paver finisher in a secure spot, lower the screed and switch off the engine.
- Remove the key and/or cover the operating panel with the protective hood
and secure it.
C 13.18 12
Protective roof (o)
NOTE Caution! Possible collision of parts

The following adjustments must be made before lowering
the roof:
- Both seat consoles pushed in.
- Backrests and armrests of driver's seats tilted forwards.
- Operating panel in lowest position and locked with the
vandalism protection facility.
- Front window closed.
- Engine hood closed.
The protective roof can be raised and lowered with a manual hydraulic pump.
C 13.18 13
Version 1:
3e
1
3
3a
3b 2
3c 3d
A The exhaust pipe is lowered or raised together with the roof.
- Connect the pump lever (1) to the pump (2).

- Tighten bolts (3) on both sides of the roof.
- Set the adjustment lever (4) to the "Raise" or "Lower" position.
- Operate the pump lever (1) until the roof has reached the upper or lower limit position.
- Bolt (3) must be inserted in the corresponding hole on both sides of the roof:
- Position (3a): Roof raised.
- Position (3b): Roof lowered.
A The bolt must be inserted with the alignment as shown and then swivelled against the roof
beam. Possibly adjust the position of the roof with the hand pump to insert the bolt.
- Position (3c): Roof raised.

- Position (3d): Roof lowered.
- Secure bolt with hook (3e).
C 13.18 14
Version 2:
3c
3b
3a
3 2

- Operate the pump lever (1) until the roof has reached the upper or lower
limit position.
- Secure bolt with split pin (3c).
C 13.18 15
5 Transportation
Reduce the paver finisher and the screed to their basic widths; also remove any at-
m tached side plates.
5.1 Preparations
- Prepare the paver finisher for transportation (see chapter D).

- Remove all overlaying or loose parts from finisher and screed (see also Screed op-
erating instructions). Store these parts in a safe place.
When screed is operated with the optional gas

f heating system:
- Remove the gas bottles for the screed heating system:

- Close main shut-off valves and bottle valves.
- Turn off the valves on the bottles and remove the gas
bottles from the holder.
- Transport the gas bottles on a second vehicle; heed all applicable
safety regulations.
C 13.18 16
Operation Buttons
- Deactivating the function lock
- Activate set-up mode.
- Close the hopper lids.
- Engage both hopper transport

safeguards.
- Lift the screed.
- Insert the transportation safeguards

of the screed.
- Fully extend the levelling cylinder.
C 13.18 17
Operation Buttons
- Retract the screed parts until the

screed matches the basic width of the
paver finisher.
- Deactivate set-up mode.
C 13.18 18
5.2 Driving mode
Operation Buttons
- Set the fast/slow switch to "Hare"

if necessary.
- Turn the preselector to "zero".
- Swivel the drive lever to maximum.

The vehicle already advances slightly
f on deflecting the drive lever!
- Adjust required vehicle speed with

the preselector.
- To stop the vehicle, swivel the drive lever

to the middle setting and set the preselec-
tor to "zero".
Press the emergency stop button when a dangerous situation arises!

f
Use the service brake (1) to brake the vehicle!
f
C 13.18 19
6 Loading by crane
WARNING Danger from suspended loads

Crane and/or lifted vehicle can tip when lifted and
cause injuries!
- The vehicle may only be raised at the marked
lifting points.
- Heed the operating weight of the vehicle.
- Do not enter the danger zone.
- Use only lifting gear that can bear the load.
- Do not leave any load or loose parts on the vehicle.
Use only lifting gear that can bear the load.

m (See chapter B for weights and dimensions).
Attachment and loading equipment must meet the conditions of the applicable acci-
m dent prevention regulations!
The vehicle's centre of gravity is dependent on the screed which is mounted.

m
C 13.18 20
Example:
A Four lifting eyes (1, 2) are provided for loading the vehicle with a crane.
A Depending on the type of screed which is used, the paver finisher's centre of gravity,
with the screed mounted, is located in the area of the front edge (3) of the rear
wheel.
- Secure vehicle wherever it is parked up.

- Engage the transport safeguards.
- Remove any attachments and extension parts from the paver finisher and the
screed until the basic width has been attained.
- Take off all protruding or loose parts and the gas bottles of the screed heater
(see chapters E and D).
- Lower the protective roof:
C 13.18 21
A See section entitled "Protective roof"
- Attach lifting gear to the four attachment points (1, 2).
The max. permissible attachment point load at the attachment points is 73.0 kN.
m
The permissible load applies in the vertical direction!
m
Make sure that the paver finisher remains in a horizontal position
m during transportation!
C 13.18 22
7 Towing
Heed all regulations and apply all safety measures applicable for towing heavy con-
f struction machines.
The towing vehicle must be capable of securing the paver finisher, even on slopes.
m
Use only approved tow bars!
If necessary, remove any attachments and accessories from the paver finisher and
the screed until the basic width has been attained.
A A hand pump (1) is located in the engine compartment (left side); it must be actuated
to be able to tow the machine.
Pressure for releasing the traction system brakes is built up with the hand pump.
- Release lock nut (2), screw threaded

dowel (3) into pump as far as possible 1
and secure with lock nut.
3
- Actuate lever (4) of hand pump until
sufficient pressure has been built up
and traction system brakes have 2
been released.
On completion of the towing process, re-

m store the initial status.
Only release the traction system brakes 4

m when the machine is sufficiently secured
against accidental rolling or is
already properly connected to the tow-
ing vehicle.
C 13.18 23
A Two high-pressure cartridges (6) are lo-
cated on both of the travel drive pumps (5).
The following activities must be carried
out to activate the towing function:
- Loosen lock nut (7) half a turn.

- Screw in the bolt (8) until increased re- 5
sistance occurs. Then screw the bolt a
further half turn into the high-pressure
cartridge.
- Tighten the lock nut (7) to a torque
of 22 Nm.
On completion of the towing process, re- 6

m store the initial status.
- Attach the tow bar to the coupling (9)

located in the bumper.
8
A Now carefully and slowly tow the paver

finisher out of the construction area.
Only ever tow the shortest distance to

m the means of transport or the next park-
ing possibility.
The max. permissible towing speed is

m 10 m/min!
In hazardous situations, a towing speed of
15 m/min is only permitted temporarily.
9
The max. permissible towing eye (9)
m load is: 150 kN
C 13.18 24
8 Safely parking the vehicle
When the paver finisher is parked at a lo-

m cation accessible to the public, it must be
secured in such a way that unauthorised 1
persons or playing children cannot dam-
age the vehicle.
- Pull off the ignition key and the main

switch (1) and take it with you – do
not hide them somewhere on
the machine.
- Protect the operating panel with the

dust cover (2) and lock it.
- Store loose parts and accessories in a
safe place.
C 13.18 25
8.1 Lifting the vehicle with hydraulic lifts, lifting points
1 2 1 2
The hydraulic lift must be rated for at least 10t.

f
Always choose a horizontal surface with adequate load rating as installation surface
f for the hydraulic lift!
Make sure that the hydraulic lift is securely and correctly positioned!
f
The hydraulic lift is only intended to lift a load and not as a support. Work should only
f be performed to and under raised vehicles when they have been secured and cor-
rectly supported to prevent them from tilling over and rolling or sliding away.
Roller-type jacks must not be moved when under load.

f
Chocks or supporting beams positioned so that they cannot be shifted or tilted must
f be adequately dimensioned and be able to take the corresponding weight.
There must not be anyone on the vehicle while it is being lifted.

f
All raising and lowering work must be carried out uniformly with all hydraulic lifts in
f use! Always check and observe horizontal alignment of the load!
Always carry out raising and lowering work with several people together, with an ad-
f ditional person monitoring progress!
Only positions (1) and (2) in the left and right side of the vehicle are permissible
f lifting points!
C 13.18 26
D 13.18 Operation
1 Safety regulations
Starting the engine, the travel drive, the conveyor, the auger, the screed or the lifting
f devices can cause injuries or even the death of persons.
Make sure before starting any of these devices that no-one is working at, in or be-
neath the paver finisher or within its danger area!
- Do not start the engine or do not actuate any controls when this is expres-
sly forbidden!
Unless otherwise specified, the controls may only be actuated when the engine
is running!
Never crawl into the auger tunnel or step into the hopper or onto the conveyor. Dan-
f ger to life!
- Always make sure during work that no-one is endangered by the vehicle!
- Ensure that all protective covers and hoods are fitted and secured accordingly!
- Immediately rectify damage which as been ascertained! Operation must not be
continued when the vehicle is defective!
- Do not let any persons ride on the paver finisher or the screed!
- Remove obstacles from the road and the work area!
- Always try to choose a driver’s position that is opposite to the flowing traffic! Lock
the operating panel and the driver’s seat.
- Maintain sufficient safety clearance from overhanging objects, other vehicles and
points of danger!
- Be careful when travelling on rough terrain to keep the paver finisher from slipping,
tipping or turning over.
Always be the master over the vehicle; never try to use it beyond its capacities!
f
D 13.18 1
DANGER Danger due to improper operation
Improper operation of the vehicles can cause severe

to fatal injuries!
- The vehicle may only be used in the proper manner for its
intended purpose.
- The vehicle may only be operated by trained staff.
- The vehicle operators must have made themselves famil-
iar with the contents of the operating instructions.
- Avoid jerky movements of the vehicle.
- Do not exceed the permissible angle of rise and slope.
- Keep hoods and covering parts closed during operation.
Danger of being pulled in by rotating or conveying

WARNING vehicle parts
Rotating or conveying vehicle parts can cause severe
or fatal injuries!

- Do not reach into rotating or conveying parts.
- Only wear close-fitting clothing.
- Comply with the warning and information signs on
the vehicle.
- Stop the engine and remove the ignition key for any main-
tenance work.
- Comply with all further information in these instructions and
in the safety manual.
WARNING Danger of crushing due to moving vehicle parts
Vehicle parts performing movements can cause severe

or fatal injuries!
- Remaining in the vehicle's danger zone during operation

is prohibited!
- Do not reach into the danger zone.
- Comply with the warning and information signs
on the vehicle.
- Comply with all further information in these instructions and
in the safety manual.
D 13.18 2
2 Controls
2.1 Operating panel
A All detent switch functions which may pose a risk on starting the diesel engine (auger
and conveyor conveying function) are set to the STOP function in the case of EMER-
GENCY STOP or restarting the control system. If settings are changed when the die-
sel engine is stopped ("AUTO" or "MANUAL"), these are reset to "STOP" on starting
the diesel engine.
D 13.18 3
9 10
8
12
17 15 11 13
16
D 13.18 4
Item Designation Brief description
Direction of travel
7 Use when changing direction of travel on roads.
indicator ("flasher")
Four switch positions can be selected:

- 0 : Light OFF
- 1 : Parking lights ON (+operating panel lighting)
8 Illumination switch
- 2 : Low-beam headlights ON (+operating panel lighting)
- 3 : High-beam headlights ON (+operating panel lighting)
Avoid dazzling the oncoming traffic!
f
Always have the warning lights on when moving
9
Hazard warning m the machine!
flasher
Press in an emergency (danger to persons, impending colli-

sion, etc.)!
- Pressing the emergency stop button switches the engine,
the drives and the steering system off.
Making way, lifting the screed or other actions are then no
Emergency stop
10 longer possible! Danger of accidents!
button
- The emergency stop button does not shut off the gas heat-
er system (o) .
Close the main shut-off valve and the valves on the bottles
by hand!
- To restart the engine, the button must be pulled out again.
To activate the ignition voltage by turning the key.

- Switch off by turning the key back to its starting position.
A After activating the ignition voltage, the input and dis-

play terminal requires a few seconds for the booting
process.
11 Ignition lock
A On shutting off the vehicle, first switch off the ignition,
then deactivate the main switch.
A Before the main battery switch is deactivated, a period

of at least 10 seconds must elapse after switching off
the vehicle.
D 13.18 5
9 10
8
12
17 15 11 13
16
D 13.18 6
For starting and shutting off the drive engine.

- On actuation, the starter is in operation
- Switch the running engine OFF by pressing the but-
ton again
Starter / drive en-
12
gine OFF Run the starter continuously for a maximum of 20 sec-
m onds, then take a break for 1 minute!
A All emergency stop buttons (on the operating panel and

the remote controls) must be pulled out when starting.
For switching on the paver finisher functions and for continu-

ously regulating the road speed – forward or reverse.
Centre position: Engine in neutral; no travel drive;
- To swivel the drive lever out, release by pulling the
handle up.
Depending on the position of the drive lever, the following
functions can be activated:
1st position:
- Conveyor and auger on.
2nd position:
- Screed motion (tamper/vibration) on; travel drive on;
increase speed until the stop is reached.
Drive lever Use the preselector to set the maximum speed.
13 A
(traction)
f The vehicle speed cannot be reduced to "0" with the

preselector. The vehicle advances slightly with deflect-
ed drive lever, even if the travel drive preselector is set
to zero!
A If the engine is started with the drive lever pivoted out,

the travel drive is inhibited.
To start the travel drive, first the drive lever must be re-
turned to the centre position.
A When changing over between forwards and reverse

travel, the drive lever must remain briefly in neutral.
D 13.18 7
9 10
8
12
17 15 11 13
16
D 13.18 8
For setting the maximum speed that can be reached when the
drive lever is at its stop.
A The scale roughly matches the speed in m/min

(during paving).
Travel drive The vehicle must not travel at max. transport speed
15
preselector m when the hopper is full!
The vehicle speed cannot be reduced to "0" with the

f preselector. The vehicle advances slightly with deflect-
ed drive lever, even if the travel drive preselector is set
to zero!
The steering wheel movement is transferred hydraulically to

the front wheels.
16 Steering wheel Take the special steering ratio into consideration when
f transporting the machine through tight curves (approx.
3 turns for a full steering lock). Danger of accidents!
Press in the case of emergencies and to indicate when the ve-

hicle starts to move!
17 Horn
A The horn can also be used to communicate acoustical-
ly with the truck driver for material loading!
D 13.18 9
18 19 20 21
D 13.18 10
Button with detent switch function and LED feedback:

Front working - For switching on the front working lights
18 lights
- Switch OFF by pressing the button again
ON / OFF (o)
Avoid dazzling other road users!
f
Rear working lights - For switching on the rear working lights
19
ON / OFF (o) - Switch OFF by pressing the button again
Avoid dazzling other road users!
f
Auger compart- Button with detent switch function and LED feedback:
ment working - for switching on the auger compartment
20
lights working lights
ON / OFF (o) - Switch OFF by pressing the button again

- For switching on the rotary beacon
Rotary beacon - Switch OFF by pressing the button again
21
ON / OFF (o)
A Switch on for safety on roads and in the construction
site area
D 13.18 11
22 23 24 25
D 13.18 12
Detent switch function and LED feedback:

Windscreen wip-
22 - For switching on the windscreen wipers
ers ON / OFF (o)
Windscreen wash- Detent switch function and LED feedback:

er system + wind- - For engaging the windscreen washer system + wind-
23
screen wipers screen wipers
ON / OFF (o) - Switched OFF with time control
Pushbutton function with LED feedback:

- To hydraulically extend the push roller crossbar.
Extend
24
push roller (o) On actuation, heed danger zones of moving parts of
f the vehicle!

- To activate automatic push roller damping.
- Every time the hopper closes, the push roller auto-
Push roller
25 damping matically moves to the front limit position.
"AUTO" (o) - Switch OFF or press the button again.
A Push roller damping hydraulically absorbs the shocks

between the material truck and paver finisher.
D 13.18 13
26 27 28
D 13.18 14
26 Not used

Seat heating
27 - For switching on the seat heating
ON / OFF (o)

Extraction system
28 - To actuate the asphalt fume control system
ON / OFF (o)
D 13.18 15
29
D 13.18 16
Buttons with detent switch function and LED feedback:

- for activating the parking brake when the vehicle
29 Parking brake is stationary.
A The parking brake must be deactivated to start the drive
the vehicle away again.
D 13.18 17
32
33
D 13.18 18
Buttons with detent switch function and LED feedback.

(LED ON = ready)
- The speed control is activated by pressing the
foot brake.
The speed obtained after slowing down is
held automatically.
Tempomat (cruise
32
control) - Pressing the button again switches the function off
(LED ON) and the machine is accelerated to the
speed set by the drive lever and the preselection po-
tentiometer.
A If the speed has been reduced to "zero", the drive lever

first has to be put back into its zero position.
Buttons with detent switch function and LED feedback:

- To preselect the speed level -transport speed
Traction drive
33 speed fast A On restarting, the speed is set to operating speed.
(transport gear)
A When activated, all functions set to "AUTO" are stopped
(main function switch active).
D 13.18 19
34
35
37
36
D 13.18 20
Pushbutton function:
- To close the left half of the hopper
A Separate actuation (o):

Is required when paving in spaces where there is only
34 Close hopper left limited space at one side or when obstacles obstruct un-
loading of the truck.
On actuation, heed danger zones of moving parts of

f the vehicle!
- To close the right half of the hopper
A Separate actuation (o):

Is required when paving in spaces where there is only
35 Close hopper right limited space at one side or when obstacles obstruct un-
loading of the truck.

f the vehicle!
- To open the left half of the hopper
A If the hoppers are hydraulically actuated at the same

36 Open hopper left time, both the left and the right switch can be used for
actuation.

f the vehicle!
- To open the right half of the hopper
A If the hoppers are hydraulically actuated at the same

37 Open hopper right time, both the left and the right switch can be used for
actuation.

f the vehicle!
D 13.18 21
38
39
42
41
40
D 13.18 22
A The Truck Assist system is used for communication between the driver of the paver
and the driver of the material truck. The corresponding signal system shows the truck
driver which action to perform (reversing / stop / tip material / depart).
Caution! Possible material damage through insuffi-

NOTE cient instruction
Ignored or incorrectly understood signals can cause dam-
age to the paver and/or material truck!
- The paver driver and all drivers of the material trucks
must be instructed in how the Truck Assist system works
and understand the system.
- Comply with all further information in the operating
instructions and in the safety manual.
Item Designation Brief description LED display

- To change over to the "Start Revers-
ing" signal.
(GREEN SIGNAL)
- Press button again to change signal

over to "Stop".
Tell truck to Button LED (39) on +
38
reverse (RED SIGNAL).
- Press button once more to switch

again to "Start Reversing" signal.
(GREEN SIGNAL)
A Button (39) can also be used to change

over to "Stop".

- To change over to the "STOP" signal.
Tell truck to inter- (RED SIGNAL)
39 rupt reversing -
"STOP" A Set "STOP" signal to interrupt procedure
or on reaching correct distance between
truck and paver.
D 13.18 23
38
39
42
41
40
D 13.18 24

- To change over to the "Start Tipping"
signal.
(YELLOW SIGNAL, running light as-
cending)

Tell truck "Start over to "Pause".
40 Tipping"(raise (YELLOW SIGNAL, flashing).
truck hopper)
A The button LED + button LED (41) flash-
es in the "PAUSE" MODE
- Press button once more to switch

again to "Start Tipping" signal.
(YELLOW SIGNAL, running light as-
cending)

- To change over to the "End Tipping"
signal.
(YELLOW SIGNAL, running light de-
scending)

over to "Pause".
(YELLOW SIGNAL, flashing).
A The button LED + button LED (40) flash-

Tell truck to "End es in the "PAUSE" MODE
Tipping" (lower
truck hopper) - Press button once more to switch
41 + again to "Start Tipping" signal.
Tell truck to (YELLOW SIGNAL, running light de-
"Detach, Depart" scending)
- After material transfer completed:

Press button >3 seconds to change
signal to "Detach, Depart".
(GREEN SIGNAL, running light
descending) + button LED (38),
flashing.
- After 10 seconds the system auto-

matically changes over to the
"STOP" signal.
(RED SIGNAL)
D 13.18 25
38
39
42
41
40
D 13.18 26

- The "Truck Assist" function runs auto-
matically.
- Switch OFF by pressing the button
again
- Press button (38) to request a truck
with material / Release for truck to
approach
(GREEN SIGNAL)
A The truck is detected by a laser sensor at
a distance of 6 m between the paver and
the material truck.
(GREEN SIGNAL, flashing)
"Truck Assist"
42 AUTO mode
ON / OFF A The flashing frequency of the display in-
creases with decreasing distance be-
tween paver and material truck.
- On reaching the preset minimum dis-

tance, the signal changes over
to "STOP".
(RED SIGNAL)
A The minimum distance is adjusted in the

display settings.
A The other signals have to be triggered

by hand.
D 13.18 27
43
44
46
45
D 13.18 28
- To extend the left half of the screed
A This function is not used in vehicle configurations with a

43 Extend left screed screed which cannot be extended.

f the vehicle!
- To extend the right half of the screed
Extend right A This function is not used in vehicle configurations with a

44 screed which cannot be extended.
screed

f the vehicle!
- To retract the left half of the screed
A This function is not used in vehicle configurations with a

45 Retract left screed screed which cannot be extended.

f the vehicle!
- To retract the right half of the screed
Retract right A This function is not used in vehicle configurations with a

46 screed which cannot be extended.
screed

f the vehicle!
D 13.18 29
47 48
49 50
51 52
D 13.18 30

- The conveying function of the left conveyor is
switched on when the drive lever is swivelled out and
is continuously controlled via the material limit switch-
es in the material tunnel.
Left conveyor
47 The function is shut off by pressing the EMERGENCY
"AUTO" A
STOP button or restarting the vehicle.
A The main function switch locks the conveying function.

f the vehicle!

- The conveying function of the right conveyor is
Right conveyor
"AUTO" A

f the vehicle!
D 13.18 31
47 48
49 50
51 52
D 13.18 32

- The function of the left conveyor is permanently
switched on at full conveying rate and is activated/de-
activated with the material limit switch in the material
tunnel.
- Switch OFF by pressing the button again.
A To avoid excessive conveying, the system is shut off at

a defined material height!
Left conveyor
49
"MANUAL" - Pressing and holding the button can result in exces-
sive conveying.
A The function is shut off by pressing the EMERGENCY


f the vehicle!
- The function of the right conveyor is permanently
switched on at full conveying rate and is activated/de-
activated with the material limit switch in the material
tunnel.
A To avoid excessive conveying, the system is shut off at

a defined material height!
Right conveyor
50
"MANUAL" - Pressing and holding the button can result in exces-
sive conveying.


f the vehicle!
D 13.18 33
47 48
49 50
51 52
D 13.18 34
- The conveying direction of the conveyor can be re-
versed in order to slightly reverse paving material for
example which may be present in the material tunnel.
A The function can be triggered in all modes of the con-

veyor.
"Reverse" left
51
conveyor The main function switch locks the conveying function.
A
A The conveyor moves towards the hopper for

approx. 3-5 seconds.

f the vehicle!
- The conveying direction of the conveyor can be re-
versed in order to slightly reverse paving material for
example which may be present in the material tunnel.
A The function can only be triggered in the "Auto" mode

when the vehicle is moving.
"Reverse" right
52
conveyor The main function switch locks the conveying function.
A
A The conveyor moves towards the hopper for

approx. 3-5 seconds.

f the vehicle!
D 13.18 35
53 54
55 56
57 58
D 13.18 36

- The conveying function of the left half of the auger is
es.
Left auger
"AUTO" A

f the vehicle!

- The conveying function of the right half of the auger is
Right auger
"AUTO" A

f the vehicle!
D 13.18 37
53 54
55 56
57 58
D 13.18 38

- The conveying function of the left half of the auger is
switched on continuously with full delivery capacity,
without material control via the limit switches.
Left auger The function is shut off by pressing the EMERGENCY
55 A
"MANUAL" STOP button or restarting the vehicle.

f the vehicle!

- The conveying function of the right half of the auger is
switched on continuously with full delivery capacity,
without material control via the limit switches.
Right auger The function is shut off by pressing the EMERGENCY
56 A
"MANUAL" STOP button or restarting the vehicle.

f the vehicle!
D 13.18 39
53 54
55 56
57 58
D 13.18 40
- To manually trigger the conveying function for the left
half of the auger, conveying direction inwards.
Left auger
"MANUAL" For manual triggering, the auger function must be
57 A
Conveying direc- switched to "AUTO" or "MANUAL"
tion inwards
A On manual triggering, the automatic function is overrid-

den with reduced delivery capacity.
- To manually trigger the conveying function for the
right half of the auger, conveying direction inwards.
Right auger
"MANUAL" For manual triggering, the auger function must be
58 A
Conveying direc- switched to "AUTO" or "MANUAL"
tion inwards
A On manual triggering, the automatic function is overrid-

den with reduced delivery capacity.
D 13.18 41
59
60
D 13.18 42

- In transport gear:
To lock all functions relevant to paving. Despite
"Auto" settings in the individual functions, these are
not activated when the drive lever is swivelled out.
LED permanently ON
- In working gear:
To lock all detent functions relevant to paving. Despite
Main function "Auto" settings in the individual functions, these are not
59
switch activated when the drive lever is swivelled out. Push-
button functions can be carried out. LED flashes
A The preset vehicle can be relocated and released at the

new paving location. The paving process is continued
on swivelling the drive lever out.
A On restarting, the function is set to "ON".
60 Not used
D 13.18 43
61
62
64
63
D 13.18 44
- For manual actuation of the levelling cylinders in the
Adjustment button: corresponding direction (when the automatic levelling
61 Retract / raise left system is switched off).
levelling cylinder
f the vehicle!
62 Retract / raise right system is switched off).
levelling cylinder
f the vehicle!
63 Extend / lower left system is switched off).
levelling cylinder
f the vehicle!
64 Extend / lower right system is switched off).
levelling cylinder
f the vehicle!
A The corresponding switch on the remote control must be switched to "Manual" for
this function.
A Levelling cylinder adjustment is carried out with the adjustment buttons in the dis-
played arrow direction.
A This function is also activated when the remote control is not connected!
D 13.18 45
65
66
D 13.18 46
Adjustment button: - To adjust the selected function in the corresponding
61 Retract / lift direction.
on left On actuation, heed danger zones of moving parts of
f the vehicle!
Adjustment button: - To adjust the selected function in the corresponding
62 Retract / lift direction.
on right On actuation, heed danger zones of moving parts of
f the vehicle!
D 13.18 47
67
68
D 13.18 48

- Filling function for the paving process.
The diesel engine's speed is increased to the preselected
nominal speed and all conveying functions set to "Auto-
matic" (conveyor and auger) are engaged.
A The main function switch must be set to the

OFF position.
Fill vehicle for
67
paving process - Switch OFF by pressing the button again or by swiv-
elling the drive lever out to the paving position.
- On reaching the adjusted material height
(material sensor), the filling function is automatically
switched off.

f the vehicle!

- Set-up mode:
When the vehicle is stationary, this function enables
all operating functions, which are only activated when
the drive lever is swivelled out (vehicle driving), to be
started up.
A The main function switch must be set to the OFF position.
Set-up mode/ The engine speed is increased to the preselected nom-

68 A
cleaning mode (o) inal value.
- Cleaning mode:
After finishing work, this function improves the clean-
ing of the conveying and compacting elements at re-
duced speed:
- Set either auger, conveyor or tamper to "Auto".
- Press button for min. 2 sec. - LED flashes
- Press button again to end cleaning mode.
D 13.18 49
69
70
D 13.18 50
- For lifting the screed (LED ON) and for switching off
the "Screed floating position" function
Check whether the screed transport safeguard
69 Lift screed m is inserted!

f the vehicle!
Button with detent switch function and LED feedback
A The main function switch must be set to the OFF posi-

tion.
- Button function: Keep the button pressed for longer

than 1.5 seconds (LED ON). The screed is lowered as
long as the button is pressed. When the button is re-
leased, the screed is held in the stop paving + relief
pressure position. (LED ON).
Screed may lower slowly!
m
- Resting function: Press the button briefly (LED ON) -
the screed is lowered. Press the button briefly again
Paving stop + (LED OFF) - the screed is stopped.
relief pressure
70 / - Screed floating position: Pressing the button switches
the LED ON and the screed is in readiness in the
Lower screed +
"floating position", which is activated via the swivelled
floating position
out drive lever.
- Switch off by pressing the button again or via the lift
screed button.
A During paving, the screed always remains in its floating

position. During intermediate stops (drive lever in centre
position), the screed is switched to stop paving + relief
pressure.
Check whether the screed transport safeguard

m is inserted!

f the vehicle!
D 13.18 51
71
72
D 13.18 52
- Tamper ON and OFF function.
- Activation is carried out by swivelling the drive
lever out.
Tamper - Switch OFF by pressing the button again.
71
(screed-specific)
OFF position.
A The function is preset in conjunction with the "Set-up

mode" button.
- Vibration ON and OFF function.
- Activation is carried out by swivelling the drive
lever out.
Vibration - Switch OFF by pressing the button again.
72
(screed-specific)
OFF position.
A The function is preset in conjunction with the "Set-up

mode" button.
D 13.18 53
73
74
D 13.18 54

- For relieving the screed to influence the traction force
and compaction ratio.
73 Screed relieving - Switch OFF by pressing the button again or switching
between screed relieving and screed charging.
- To preset the hydraulic oil pressure, switch this button and
the "Set-up mode" button to "ON".

- For relieving the screed to influence the traction force
and compaction ratio.
74 Screed charging - Switch OFF by pressing the button again or switching
between screed relieving and screed charging.
- To preset the hydraulic oil pressure, switch this button and
the "Set-up mode" button to "ON".
D 13.18 55
75
76
D 13.18 56

- To hydraulically extend the crossbeam lock.
Extend cross-
75
beam lock (o) Before retracting and extending the lock, raise
m the crossbeams slightly over the locking bolts (raise
the screed)!

- To hydraulically retract the screed lock.
Retract cross-
76
beam lock (o) Before retracting and extending the lock, raise
m the crossbeams slightly over the locking bolts (raise
the screed)!
D 13.18 57
77
78
D 13.18 58
A The "Set Assist" function prepares the paver to relocate to another section of road-
works or for transportation.
When the function is activated, previously selected vehicle functions are carried out
to make the vehicle ready for transport.
The function can be reset after relocating the paver.
This restores the corresponding elements to the previously saved working
condition /position.
A The elements that can be actuated by the function are selected in the corresponding
menu in the vehicle display.
A The working condition / current position of the corre-

sponding functions and components must be saved ini-
tially for later use.
See display description
A The following conditions must be fulfilled to use the function:
- Drive lever (13) in neutral position, road speed "0"

- Set-up mode (68) OFF

- To set up the transport condition.
- Press and hold button (LED flashes) until comple-

Set
77 tion of all functions to achieve transport condition
"Set assist" (o)
(LED ON).

f the vehicle!

- To set up the previous working condition.
- Press and hold button (LED flashes) until comple-

Reset
78 tion of all functions to achieve last saved working
"Set assist" (o)
condition (LED ON).

f the vehicle!
D 13.18 59
3 Remote control
A B
D 13.18 60
A Depending on the side of the vehicle, the button blocks (A) and (B) are assigned to
either the auger or the conveyor control system. The relevant element which is con-
trolled is indicated by an illuminated symbol (C).
Important! Do not disconnect remote controls during operation!

m This causes the paver finisher to be shut down!
D 13.18 61
120
121 121
D 13.18 62
Press in an emergency (danger to persons, impending colli-

sion, etc.)!
- Pressing the emergency stop button switches off the en-
gine, the drives and the steering system.
Making way, lifting the screed or other actions are then no
Emergency stop
120 longer possible! Danger of accidents!
button
- The emergency stop button does not shut off the gas heat-
er system.
Close the main shut-off valve and the valves on the bottles
by hand!
- To restart the engine, the button must be pulled out again.
Connect the plug to the screed.

Remote control
121 A Whether this involves the left-hand or the right-hand re-
connection socket
mote control is automatically detected.
D 13.18 63
122 123 122
124 124
125 125
D 13.18 64

- The conveying function of the corresponding half of
the auger is switched on continuously with full deliv-
ery capacity, without material control via the
limit switches.
Auger
122 - Switch OFF by pressing the button again
"MANUAL"

the auger is switched on when the drive lever is swiv-
elled out and is continuously controlled via the mate-
rial limit switches.
Auger - Switch OFF by pressing the button again
123
"AUTO"
A The main function switch (operating panel) locks the

conveying function.
- The auger's conveying direction can be reversed in
order to slightly reverse any paving material which
may be positioned just in front of the auger.
This enables e.g. material losses to be avoided dur-
ing transportation.
Auger - Temporally limited reversal is carried out when the
124
"Reversing mode" button is pressed continuously.
A The auger function must be switched to "AUTO" or

"MANUAL" for reversing mode.
A In reversing mode, the automatic function is overridden

with reduced capacity.
D 13.18 65
122 123 122
124 124
125 125
D 13.18 66
- Plus/minus buttons for adjusting the delive-
ry capacity.
Auger delivery - The delivery capacity is slowed down or speeded up
125 depending on the length of time for which the button
capacity
is pressed.
A The auger function must be switched to "AUTO" or

"MANUAL" for making the adjustment.
D 13.18 67
126 127 126
128 128
129 129
D 13.18 68

the conveyor is switched on continuously with full
delivery capacity, without material control via the
limit switches.
Conveyor
126 - Switch OFF by pressing the button again
"MANUAL"

the conveyor is switched on when the drive lever is
swivelled out and is continuously controlled via the
material limit switches.
Conveyor - Switch OFF by pressing the button again
127
"AUTO"
A The main function switch (operating panel) locks the

conveying function.
- The conveying direction of the corresponding half of
the conveyor can be reversed in order to slightly re-
verse e.g. paving material which may be present in
the material tunnel.
Conveyor - Temporally limited reversal is carried out when the
128 button is pressed continuously.
"Reversing mode"
A The conveyor function must be switched to "AUTO" or
"MANUAL" for reversing mode.
A In reversing mode, the automatic function is overridden

with reduced capacity.
D 13.18 69
126 127 126
128 128
129 129
D 13.18 70
- Plus/minus buttons for adjusting the delive-
ry capacity.
Conveyor delivery - The delivery capacity is slowed down or speeded up
129 depending on the length of time for which the button
capacity
is pressed.
A The conveyor function must be switched to "AUTO" or

"MANUAL" for making the adjustment.
D 13.18 71
131
132
133
130
D 13.18 72

Operating mode - Operating mode "AUTO" (LED ON):
levelling levelling engages automatically when the drive lever
130 "AUTO" / is swivelled out for paving operation.
"MANUAL"
- Operating mode "MANUAL" (LED OFF):
left
levelling switched off.
- To retract and extend the levelling cylinder on the cor-
responding side of the vehicle.
131 Adjustment A On adjustment, note the levelling display in the remote
control display!
/ Left levelling
132 cylinder
A For direct adjustment, the levelling function must be set
to "MANUAL".
In "AUTO" operating mode, adjustment is carried out af-
ter confirming the enter button (133).
- For confirming levelling cylinder adjustment in "Auto"
133 Enter operating mode.
Levelling cylinder adjustment is carried out by press-
ing the button.
D 13.18 73
135
136
137
134
D 13.18 74

Operating mode - Operating mode "AUTO" (LED ON):
Levelling levelling engages automatically when the drive lever
134 "AUTO" / is swivelled out for paving operation.
"MANUAL"
- Operating mode "MANUAL" (LED OFF):
right
levelling switched off.
- To retract and extend the levelling cylinder on the cor-
responding side of the vehicle.
135 Adjustment A On adjustment, note the levelling display in the remote
control display!
/ Right levelling
136 cylinder
A For direct adjustment, the levelling function must be set
to "MANUAL".
In "AUTO" operating mode, adjustment is carried out af-
ter confirming the enter button (137).
- For confirming levelling cylinder adjustment in "Auto"
137 Enter operating mode.
Levelling cylinder adjustment is carried out by press-
ing the button.
D 13.18 75
138
140 140
139
D 13.18 76
- For manual actuation of the levelling cylinders on the
corresponding side of the vehicle when the automatic
Levelling cylinder
138 levelling system is switched off (LED OFF).
manual
A On adjustment, note the levelling display in the remote

control display!
- To retract and extend the screed half on the corre-
sponding side of the vehicle.
Extend/retract This function is not used in vehicle configurations with a
139 A
screed screed which cannot be extended.

f the vehicle!
Press in the case of emergencies and to indicate when the ve-

hicle starts to move!
140 Horn
A The horn can also be used to communicate acoustical-
ly with the truck driver for material loading!
D 13.18 77
D 13.18 78
D 23.18 Operating the display
D 23.18 1
1 Operation of the input and display terminal
D1 E1
D E
B
Button layout on the display
- (A) Jog dial (knob to be turned+push button):

- Turn:
- to select various adjustment parameters within a menu
- to adjust the parameter
- to select various selection possibilities within a menu
- Press:
- to release the adjustment of a parameter
- to confirm a parameter adjustment
- to confirm a selection possibility
- (B) Home button

- To show the home menu directly
- (C) Upwards button

- To show the higher-level menu / higher-level display
- (D) Function buttons:

- To select the menus assigned in the display area (D1)
- To activate the functions assigned in the display area (D1)
- (E) Function buttons:

- To select the menus assigned in the display area (E1)
D 23.18 2
A To confirm an active/opened menu, the colour of the cor-
responding symbol changes from pale to dark grey!
- (F) Display area for status, warning and error messages:

- To show current earnings or error messages.
A The colour of the symbol indicates whether it is a status, warning or error message.
Colour code Explanation
- RED - error message

- Reports a serious fault that must be checked and rec-
tified immediately.
- YELLOW - warning message

- Reports a current condition that needs to be observed
or rectified at short notice to ensure correct working.
- BLUE / GREEN - status message

- Confirms an activated function.
A Detailed explanations for the individual displays can be found in the section "Symbols
for status, warning and error messages"
D 23.18 3
1.1 Menu operation - procedure for adjusting parameters
D 23.18 4
Example: Adjusting the screed temperature
- The "Home" menu is open in the display.

- Press button (A) to open the "Engine Speed" menu.
- The "Engine Speed" menu is open in the display.
- Press button (B) to open the "Screed Heater" menu.
- Turn jog dial (C) to make the cursor appear.
A A blue frame appears around the temperature parameter.
- Press jog dial (C) to activate the adjustment.
- Turn jog dial (C) in the corresponding direction to reach the required temperature.
- Press jog dial (C) to adopt the adjusted value.
A The blue frame around the temperature parameter disappears.
D 23.18 5
Selecting and changing an adjustment parameter in a menu
- Press jog dial (C) to activate the parameter adjustment.
A A blue frame appears around the top adjustment parameter in the menu.
- Turn jog dial (C) in the corresponding direction until the blue frame is around the
required adjustment parameter.
- Press jog dial (C) to activate the parameter adjustment.
- Turn jog dial (C) in the corresponding direction to reach the required value.
- Press jog dial (C) to adopt the adjusted value.
D 23.18 6
Selecting and changing a selection possibility in a menu
- Press jog dial to activate the parameter adjustment.
A A blue frame appears around the top selection possibility in the menu.
- Turn jog dial in the corresponding direction until the blue frame is around the re-
quired selection possibility.
- Press jog dial to activate the selection possibility.
D 23.18 7
2 Menu structure
Menu of the "Home" displays
18 20 19
17 4 17 16
1
2
11 12
6
Displays:
- (1) Speed:
- Paving (tortoise)-(m/min) / (ft/min)
- Driving (hare) - (km/h) / (mph)
- (2) Fuel gauge
- (4) Paving material - conveyor level left / right
- (5) Paving material - auger level left / right
- (6) Actual temperature of the screen heater (°C) / (°F)
A The display shows the average temperature of all screed sections.
A Currently heated screed sections appear coloured in the corresponding graphic.
- (11) Crowning - (%) (o)

- (12) Target slope - left / right (%) (o)
- (16) Type of material control being used
- (17) Truck Assist control (o)
- (18) Distance travelled counter (m) / (ft)
- (19) Time of day (hh:mm) (AM/PM)
- (20) Menu/display symbol
D 23.18 8
"HOME" menu - sub-menus
Open the following sub-menus:
- (1) Show "Home" functions / "Quick Settings"

- (2) Call "Engine Speed" menu / Engine measured value display + sub-menus.
- (3) "Paving Parameters" menu + sub-menus.
- (5) "Error Memory" menu + sub-menus.
- (6) "Basic" menu + sub-menus.
D 23.18 9
A If the corresponding function button of an opened sub-menu is pressed again,
the Home menu appears and the sub-menu display remains.
2x
D 23.18 10
"Home" functions / "Quick Settings"
Menu for directly activating various functions.
- Press corresponding function button to show the functions / quick settings (1) to (6).
Press once more to hide the functions again.
A Pressing the adjacent function button activates or deac-

tivates the functions.
The function is activated when the corresponding symbol
appears blue.
- (1): "Delayed tamper start" function

- On swivelling the drive lever, the tamper function is only activated once a defined
time has elapsed.
- (2): "Delayed screed start" function

- When the drive lever is deflected, the floating function is only activated once the
time set in the relevant menu has elapsed.
- (3): "Joint hopper actuation" function

- Both hopper halves are actuated together with one of the hopper function switch-
es (open hopper / close hopper).
- (6) Save function "Set Assist"

- The working condition / current position of the corresponding functions and com-
ponents is saved for later use.
D 23.18 11
A As confirmation, the display changes for 5 to 10 seconds
during saving.
A The functions and elements for the "Set Assist" function

are selected in the corresponding menu.
A The "Set Assist" function prepares the paver to relocate to another section of road-
works or for transportation.
When the function is activated, previously selected vehicle functions are carried out
to make the vehicle ready for transport.
The function can be reset after relocating the paver.
This restores the corresponding elements to the previous working condition /position.
D 23.18 12
"Engine Speed" menu / Engine measured value display
1
8
9 2 5
10 3 6
4 7
Menu for adjusting the engine speed and for checking various measured values of
the engine.
- (1) Nominal speed display and adjustment parameters
A Adjusted directly by pressing the job dial.
A Adjustment is carried out in steps of 50; the engine speed is adapted directly.
- (2) Actual engine speed

- (3) Engine oil pressure (bar)
- (4) On-board voltage (V)
- (5) Engine coolant temperature (°C) / (°F)
- (6) Engine operating hours (h)
- (7) Fuel consumption (l/h) (o)
- (8) "Material Management" measured value display.

- (9) "Screed Heater" adjustment and display menu. (o)
- (10) "Paving Area / Automatic Steering Unit" menu. (o)
D 23.18 13
"Material Management" measured value display
1 2
3 4
5 6
Menu for checking the following parameters:
- (1) Paving material level (%) conveyor left

- (2) Paving material level (%) conveyor right
- (3) Paving material level (%) auger left
- (4) Paving material level (%) auger right
- (5) Tamper speed (n/min)
- (6) Vibrations speed (n/min)
D 23.18 14
"Screed Heater" adjustment and display menu (o)
2
5 3 4 6
Menu for adjusting the nominal screed heater temperature and for checking the actu-
al temperatures.
- (1) Nominal screed heater temperature display and adjustment parameters.
A Press encoder (A) to start the editing menu.
A Setting range 50-180°C
- (2) Average actual temperature of all screed sections (°C) / (°F)

- (3) Actual temperature basic screed left (°C) / (°F)
- (4) Actual temperature basic screed right (°C) / (°F)
- (5) Actual temperature extendable part + extension parts left (°C) / (°F)
- (6) Actual temperature extendable part + extension parts right (°C) / (°F)
D 23.18 15
"Paving Area / Automatic Steering Unit" menu
1.1
1
Menu for querying and resetting the current paving distance.
- (1) Current paving distance (m)

- Reset / set value to zero: Select function (1.1) with the job dial and press to reset.
during reset.
D 23.18 16
"Paving parameters" menu
1a 1b 1c 1d 1e
2 3
4 5
6 7
Menu for showing and adjusting the paving parameters.
- (1) Current course thickness parameter

- The following course thickness parameters can be selected:
- (1a) Surface course >, low paving speed

- (1b) Surface course >>, high paving speed
- (1c) Binder course >, low paving speed
- (1d) Binder course >>, high paving speed
- (1e) Foundation
A The speeds for every course thickness parameter have been stored in the factory for
all conveying and compacting elements.
Depending on the course thickness, the conveying rate increases slowly or faster at
the start of paving.
Preferred parameters or parameters configured to the paving material can be saved
in the memory for later use.
A Factory resets for the values are possible.
D 23.18 17
1a 1b 1c 1d 1e
2 3
4 5
6 7
- (2) Left conveyor speed (%) display and adjustment parameters

- (3) Right conveyor speed (%) display and adjustment parameters
- (4) Left auger speed (%) display and adjustment parameters
- (5) Right auger speed (%) display and adjustment parameters
- (6) Nominal tamper speed (n/min) display and adjustment parameters
- (7) Nominal vibration speed (n/min) display and adjustment parameters
A Tamper and vibration range depending on screed type.
A If the settings are not saved, an adjusted parameter remains valid until another
course thickness is chosen. This also applies when restarting the vehicle.
D 23.18 18
Adjusting the paving parameters
8
1
9
2 3
10
4 5
6 7
11
Functions:
- (8) "Save Parameter" function

during saving.
- (9): "Load Parameter" function

during loading.
- (10): "Parameter Reset - Load Factory Settings"

function
A Firstly the system requests reset confirmation.
Press the button again for a reset within 5 seconds.
As confirmation, the display changes for 5 to 10 seconds
during reset.
- (11) Overview "Course Thickness Parameters".
D 23.18 19
Overview "Course Thickness Parameters"
Menu for viewing the speeds saved for all conveying and compacting elements ac-
cording to the course thickness parameters.
Back to the main menu:
- (1) "Paving Parameters" menu.
D 23.18 20
"Error Memory" menu
1
1.1
2
2.1
3.1 3
Menu for retrieving existing error messages.
- (1) Number of error messages with travel drive stop.

- Open detailed display "Error Messages With Travel Drive Stop": (1.1).
- (2) Number of vehicle warning messages.

- Open detailed display "Vehicle Warning Messages": (2.1).
- (3) Number of engine error messages.

- Open detailed display "Engine Error Messages": (3.1).
- (4) System error display.
A Possibly notify customer service of the system error number displayed on your paver
finisher; the customer service department will then discuss with you how to proceed.
D 23.18 21
Detailed display "Error Messages With Travel Drive Stop"
1 2 3
Display of existing error messages in a table.
- (1) Error code.

- (2) Error description.
- (3) Designation of the faulty part as per BMK/EIC list.
A Press the job dial to scroll through the list.
D 23.18 22
Detailed display "Vehicle Warning Messages"
1 2 3
- (1) Error code.

- (2) Error description.
- (3) Designation of the faulty part as per BMK/EIC list.
- Delete list of error messages: (4).

during deleting.
D 23.18 23
Detailed display "Engine Error Messages"
1 2 3
- (1) SPN code.

- (2) FMI code.
- (3) OC error frequency.
A All error messages can be identified in the section "Error codes drive engine".
D 23.18 24
"Basic" menu
1 3
2 4
A The "Basic" menu can be opened from every menu, sub-menu or display.
Menu for opening the following sub-menus:
- (1) "Home" menu

- Display and quick settings menu.
- (2) "Service" menu

- Menu for service technician (password required)
- (3) "Info & Settings" menu.

- Menu for adjusting various functions.
- (4) "Info" menu

- Menu for calling up stored information such as operating instructions, etc.
D 23.18 25
"Service" menu
Password-protected menu for various service settings.
D 23.18 26
"Info & Settings" menu
1 6
2 7
3 8
4 9
Menu for calling up various vehicle information and sub-menus for various settings.
Display of the following information:
- (1) Software version of the vehicle

- (2) Software version of the display
- (3) Engine operating hours (h)
- (4) Next service interval (h)
A If consultation with Technical Support is required for your vehicle, always specify the
software version!
- (5) "Screed" set-up menu.

- (6) "Paving / Travel" set-up menu.
- (7) "Truck Assist / Set Assist" set-up menu.
- (8) "Day/Night Lighting" set-up menu.
- (9) "Display" set-up menu.
D 23.18 27
"Screed" set-up menu
2 2.1 2.2
4.1 4.2 4.3

4
Menu for setting up the basic screed settings and screed functions.
- (1) Display and adjustment parame-

ters for the screed type
- Screed type 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
A Please consult the screed type plate for

the parameter to be entered here, corre-
sponding to the last number of the
screed type.
A If a different screed type has been con-

nected to the paver finisher, the corre- V3500TV / 3
sponding setting must be carried out!
- (2) Display and adjustment parameters for the screed heater

- (2.1): Electric heater
- (2.2): Gas heater
- (3) Display and adjustment parameters for "Delayed Screed Start" -

delay time (sec)
A On swivelling the drive lever, the floating function is only activated once an adjusted
time has elapsed.
A Setting range 0-10 sec.
D 23.18 28
1
2 2.1 2.2
4.1 4.2 4.3

4
- (4) Display and adjustment parameters for the central lubrication system
- (4.1): Extended lubrication interval
- (4.2): Standard lubrication interval
- (4.3): Shortened lubrication interval
A If necessary, the lubrication interval has to be adjusted to the prevailing paving situ-
ation and to the material.
D 23.18 29
"Paving / Travel" set-up menu
Menu for setting up the vehicle and levelling functions.
- (1) Display and adjustment parameters for "Delayed Front Hopper" -

delay time (sec). (o)
A After closing the hopper lids, the front hopper is only raised after the adjusted time
has expired.
A Setting range 0-25 sec.
- (2) Selection "External Levelling"

- (L): External levelling - left side of the vehicle
- (R): External levelling - right side of the vehicle
A When "External levelling" is selected, the toggle switches of the system's own remote
control remain active!
D 23.18 30
1
- (3) Selection "Cross Levelling"

- (0): Cross levelling OFF
- (1): Only data display of the opposite side of the vehicle.
- (2): Data display and control of the opposite side of the vehicle.
- (3): Split screen on the remote controls: simultaneous data display and operation
of both sides of the vehicle possible. (o)
- (4) Selection "Steering Sensitivity" (o)

- (>): Low steering sensitivity
- (>>): Medium steering sensitivity
- (>>>): High steering sensitivity
D 23.18 31
"Truck Assist / Set Assist" set-up menu
1
1.1 1.2 1.3
2
2.1 2.2 2.3
2.4 2.5 2.6
Menu for setting up the "Truck Assist" and "Set Assist" functions.
- (1) Selection "Truck Distance"
A In order to adjust to the prevailing situation, the truck’s automatic detection function
can be preset to 3 different distances (paver/truck).
- (1.1): Shortened distance

- (1.2): Medium distance
- (1.3): Extended distance
- (2) Selection "Set Assist"
A The selected elements are taken into account in executing the "Set Assist" function.
- (2.1): Raise / lower front hopper

- (2.2): Raise / lower auger
- (2.3): Raise / lower screed
- (2.4): reverse right
- (2.5): Open / close hopper
- (2.6): Retract/extend push rollers
D 23.18 32
"Day/Night Lighting" set-up menu
2 2.1 2.2
3 3.1 3.2
Menu for adjusting the illuminance of various control elements.
- (2) Monitor brightness display and adjustment parameters

- (2.1): and adjustment parameters (daytime light)
- (2.2): and adjustment parameters (nighttime light)
- (3) Truck Assist display and adjustment parameters

- (3.1): and adjustment parameters (daytime light)
- (3.2): and adjustment parameters (nighttime light)
A Setting range 0-100%
D 23.18 33
"Display" set-up menu
1
5
2
Menu for setting up basic display settings.
- (1) Selection "System Language"

- English / German
- (2) Selection "Units of measurement"

- Metric / Imperial (US)
- (3) "Time" display and adjustment parameters

- h/h : min/min
- 24h / PM/AM
- (4) "Date" display and adjustment parameters

- dd - mm - yyyy
- (5) "Licence text" display
D 23.18 34
"Licence text" display
Display of the software licence text.
Back to the main menu:
- (1) "Display" set-up menu.
D 23.18 35
2 Terminal error messages
Status, warning and error messages symbols
Command Symbol in the display

- High beam headlights control
The high beam headlights are switched on.
Avoid dazzling the oncoming traffic!
f
- Check direction of travel indicator
Flashes whenever direction of travel indicator
is activated.
- Particulate filter indicator lamp.
Particulate filter regeneration is necessary.
- Indicator lamp on permanently: Urgent mainte-
nance, level I. Particulate filter regeneration
must be carried out as soon as the operating
status of the vehicle permits.
- Indicator lamp flashes: Urgent maintenance,
level II.
Particular filter regeneration must be carried out
as soon as possible.
The engine output may be automatically reduced
under certain circumstances.
- Indicator lamp flashes + indicator lamp "Engine
malfunction" is on permanently: Urgent mainte-
nance, level III. Particulate filter regeneration is
vitally necessary to avoid subsequent damage
and repairs.
The engine output is automatically reduced.
- Indicator lamp goes off + indicator lamp "Engine
malfunction" is on permanently: Particulate filter
regeneration is no longer possible.
Operation must be stopped immediately.
m
-Consult the Atlas Copco Service Department
A See "Home" menu pop-up functions
D 23.18 36
- Indicator lamp AdBlue® / DEF
The level of AdBlue® / DEF is insufficient.
Level 10% - display flashes
Level 5% - display stays on permanently
Level 0% - drive engine is throttled to
emergency mode
- Indicator lamp platform lock.

The control platform lock is set.
- Indicator lamp automatic particulate filter re-

generation - deactivated
Particulate filter regeneration is deactivated.
- Automatic regeneration should only be deacti-
vated if the operating status of the paver finish-
er does not permit any automatic function.
A See "Home" menu pop-up functions
- Indicator lamp fuel reserve
The fuel is down to the reserve level in the tank.
A Approx. 10% remains
Urgent need to refuel!
m
-Pre-heating indicator (yellow)
A Pre-heating is started with the ignition starter
by switching the ignition on. (ignition key in
position 1).
Once pre-heating has finished, the indicator
lamp goes off.
Do not switch the start button until the pre-

m heating phase has finished!
D 23.18 37
- Error message
Indicates that there is a drive engine fault. Depend-
ing on the type of fault, the vehicle can temporarily
continue to be operated or, in the case of serious
faults, should be shut down immediately to prevent
further damage from occurring.
Each fault should be rectified as soon as possible!
A An error code query can be shown in the

corresponding menu of the display.
A Lights up for a few seconds once the

ignition has been switched on for checking
purposes.
- Hydraulic oil temperature indicator lamp
Hydraulic oil temperature too low!
Bring vehicle up to temperature with station-
m ary acceleration!
A The engine speed cannot be increased

when the hydraulic oil temperature is
too low!
- Overspeed
Important! Machine speed too high!
Reduce travel
- Warning:
The vehicle has one or more errors.
A Error details can be viewed in the "Error
Memory" display menu.
D 23.18 38
-Pending service:
A A maintenance interval is about to expire.
Proceed immediately with maintenance to
m avoid subsequent damage!
-Service overdue:
A A maintenance interval is overdue.
Proceed immediately with maintenance to
m avoid subsequent damage!
D 23.18 39
- Error message "Engine Malfunction"
There is a malfunction in the engine.
Switch off the drive engine immediately!
m
A Lights up for a few seconds once the igni-

tion has been switched on for checking pur-
poses.
- Parking brake indicator

The parking brake is switched on.
- Emergency Stop
One or more emergency stop buttons have been
pressed.
- Engine coolant temperature

The engine temperature is too high.
The engine performance will be throttled
m down automatically. (Driving mode remains
possible).
Stop the paver finisher (drive lever to the
centre position), let the engine cool down
while idling. Determine the cause and
rectify if necessary (refer to "Malfunc-
tions" section).
After cooling down to normal temperature,
the engine will run with full performance
again.
A This error is displayed together with "Error

Message".
- Battery charge indicator:
Must go out after starting when the engine
revs up.
If the light does not go out, switch off
m the engine
D 23.18 40
- Engine stop:
Display for all error messages with
machine stop.
- Hydraulic filter.
The hydraulic filter must be replaced.
A Replace filter element acc. to Maintenance
Instructions!
- Engine oil pressure
The oil pressure is insufficient.
m Switch off the engine immediately!
For further possible faults, see Engine's op-
erating instructions.
A This error is displayed together with "Error

Message".
- Hydrostatic travel drive oil pressure indicator
The oil pressure is insufficient.
m Switch off the engine immediately!
For further possible faults, see Engine's op-
erating instructions.
- Emergency mode active
- Vehicle error.
The control unit reports one or several malfunc-
tions that cause the vehicle to shut down.
It may be possible to continue operating the vehicle
in the emergency mode.
- Master display communication error
Communication between master and display
is interrupted / emergency stop button has
been pressed
D 23.18 41
2.1 Drive engine error codes
A If a fault is detected on the engine, this is shown by the corresponding indication (1)
in the display.
D 23.18 42
1 2 3
A The error message that can be viewed in the corresponding menu contains several
numerical codes, which clearly define the fault after decoding.
It may be possible to continue operating the vehicle, depending on the severity of the
m error. The error should however be remedied quickly to prevent further damage.
A Engine malfunctions result in the engine stopping automatically to prevent

further damage.
D 23.18 43
Example:
D 23.18 44
Explanation:
Warning light and display signal a serious fault on the drive engine with automatic or
necessary engine shut-down.
Display:
SPN: 157
FMI: 3
OC: 1
Cause: Cable break on sensor for rail pressure.

Effect: Engine shut-down.
Frequency: Fault occurs for the 1st time.
Notify customer service of the error number displayed on your paver finisher; the cus-
m tomer service department will then discuss the further procedure with you.
D 23.18 45
2.2 Error codes
KWP SPN FMI Code Error Identification Short Text Detail
1 132 11 2-2-6 Air flow sensor; sensor error Air flow sensor load correction factor exceeding
the maximum drift limit; plausibility error
drift limit; plausibility error
3 132 11 2-2-6 Air flow sensor; sensor error Air flow sensor low idle correction factor
exceeding the maximum drift limit
the maximum drift limit
9 172 2 2-2-6 Sensor ambient air temperature; plausi- Sensor ambient air temperature; plausibility
bility error error
34 523006 3 2-4-2 Controller mode switch; short circuit to Controller mode switch; short circuit to battery
battery
35 523006 4 2-4-2 Controller mode switch; short circuit to Controller mode switch; short circuit to ground
ground
36 523923 3 7-2-9 UB1; Short circuit to battery error of actu- UB1; Short circuit to battery error of actuator
ator relay 1 relay 1
45 168 3 3-1-8 Sensor error battery voltage; signal Sensor error battery voltage; signal range
range check high check high
46 168 4 3-1-8 Sensor error battery voltage; signal Sensor error battery voltage; signal range
range check low check low
47 168 2 3-1-8 Battery voltage; system reaction initiated High battery voltage; warning threshold
exceeded
48 168 2 3-1-8 Battery voltage; system reaction initiated Low battery voltage; warning threshold
exceeded
49 597 2 3-2-1 Break lever mainswitch and break lever Break lever mainswitch and break lever redun-
redundancyswitch status not plausible dancyswitch status not plausible
55 523910 14 6-9-5 Air pump doesn´t achieve air mass flow Air pump doesn´t achieve air mass flow set-
setpoint point
56 524013 7 8-5-6 Burner operation disturbed Burner flame unintentional deleted
57 524020 14 8-6-3 Engine power; Not enough oxygen for Engine power; Not enough oxygen for regener-
regeneration ation
58 523911 0 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); overcurrent Burner dosing valve (DV2); overcurrent at the
at the end of the injection phase end of the injection phase
59 523911 12 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); powerstage Burner dosing valve (DV2); powerstage over
over temperature temperature
D 23.18 46
60 523911 3 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit to bat-
to battery tery
61 523911 3 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit to bat-
to battery tery on high side
62 523911 4 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit to
to ground ground
63 523911 11 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit high
high side powerstage side powerstage
64 523912 2 7-2-2 Burner dosing valve (DV2) downstream Burner dosing valve (DV2) downstream pres-
pressure sensor; plausibility error sure sensor; plausibility error
66 523912 0 7-2-2 Physical range check high for burner Physical range check high for burner dosing
dosing valve (DV2) downstream pres- valve (DV2) downstream pressure; shut off
sure; shut off regeneration regeneration
69 523912 1 7-2-2 Physical range check low for burner dos- Physical range check low for burner dosing
ing valve (DV2) downstream pressure; valve (DV2) downstream pressure; shut off
shut off regeneration. When burner injec- regeneration. When burner injector is actuated,
tor is actuated, the measured pressure the measured pressure does not rise above ca.
does not rise above ca. 1250mbar abs 1250mbar abs (expected: ca. 2400mbar).
(expected: ca. 2400mbar).
72 523912 3 7-2-2 Sensor error burner dosing valve (DV2) Sensor error burner dosing valve (DV2) down-
downstream pressure sensor; signal stream pressure sensor; signal range check
range check high high
73 523912 4 7-2-2 Sensor error burner dosing valve (DV2) Sensor error burner dosing valve (DV2) down-
range check low low
74 523913 3 7-2-1 Sensor error glow plug control diagnostic Sensor error glow plug control diagnostic line
line voltage; signal range check high voltage; signal range check high
75 523913 4 7-2-1 Sensor error glow plug control diagnostic Sensor error glow plug control diagnostic line
line voltage; signal range check low voltage; signal range check low
76 523914 5 7-2-1 Glow plug control; open load Glow plug control; open load
77 523914 12 7-2-1 Glow plug control; powerstage over tem- Glow plug control; powerstage over tempera-
perature ture
78 523914 3 7-2-1 Glow plug control; short circuit to battery Glow plug control; short circuit to battery
79 523914 4 7-2-1 Glow plug control; short circuit to ground Glow plug control; short circuit to ground
82 1235 14 2-7-1 CAN Bus error passive; warning CAN C CAN Bus error passive; warning CAN C
84 639 14 2-7-1 CAN-Bus 0 "BusOff-Status" CAN-Bus 0 "BusOff-Status"
88 102 2 2-2-3 Charged air pressure; system reaction Charged air pressure above warning threshold
initiated
89 102 2 2-2-3 Charged air pressure; system reaction Charged air pressure above shut off threshold
initiated
96 110 3 2-2-5 Sensor error coolant temperature; signal Sensor error coolant temperature; signal range
D 23.18 47
97 110 4 2-2-5 Sensor error coolant temperature; signal Sensor error coolant temperature; signal range
98 110 0 2-3-2 Coolant temperature; system reaction High coolant temperature; warning threshold
initiated exceeded
99 110 0 2-3-2 Coolant temperature; system reaction High coolant temperature; shut off threshold
initiated exceeded
101 111 1 2-3-5 Coolant level too low Coolant level too low
109 523929 0 7-2-4 Fuel Balance Control integrator injector 1 Fuel Balance Control integrator injector 1 (in fir-
(in firing order); maximum value ing order); maximum value exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
(in firing order); minimum value ing order); minimum value exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
121 1109 2 3-4-1 Engine shut off demand ignored Engine shut off demand ignored
122 523698 11 5-9-2 Shut off request from supervisory moni- Shut off request from supervisory monitoring
toring function function
D 23.18 48
125 523717 12 5-9-5 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Amb-
AmbCon; Weather environments Con; Weather environments
126 523603 9 3-3-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AMB;
AMB; Ambient Temperature Sensor Ambient Temperature Sensor
127 3224 2 5-9-6 NOx Sensor; CAN DLC error DLC Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AT1IG1
NOX Sensor (SCR-system upstream cat; DPF-
system downstream cat); length of frame incor-
rect
128 3224 9 5-9-7 NOx Sensor; CAN Timeout Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AT1IG1;
NOX sensor upstream
129 3224 2 5-9-6 NOx Sensor; CAN DLC error DLC Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AT1IG1Vol
rect
130 3224 9 5-9-7 NOx Sensor; CAN Timeout Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame
AT1IG1Vol; NOX sensor (SCR-system
upstream cat; DPF- system downstream cat)
133 523938 9 7-6-6 Timeout Error (BAM to packet) for CAN- Timeout Error (BAM to packet) for CAN-
Receive-Frame AT1IGCVol1 informa- Receive-Frame AT1IGCVol1 information; fac-
tion; factors & Sensorcalibration for NOX tors & Sensorcalibration for NOX Sensor (SCR-
Sensor (SCR-system upstream cat; system upstream cat; DPF-system down-
DPF- system downstream cat) stream cat)
134 523939 9 7-6-6 Timeout Error (BAM to BAM) for CAN- Timeout Error (BAM to BAM) for CAN-Receive-
Receive-Frame AT1IGCVol1 informa- Frame AT1IGCVol1 information; factors & Sen-
tion; factors & Sensorcalibration for NOX sorcalibration for NOX Sensor (SCR-system
Sensor (SCR-system upstream cat; upstream cat; DPF-system downstream cat)
DPF- system downstream cat)
135 523940 9 7-6-6 Timeout Error (PCK2PCK) for CAN- Timeout Error (PCK2PCK) for CAN-Receive-
tion; factors sorcalibration for NOX Sensor (SCR-system
& Sensorcalibration for NOX Sensor upstream cat; DPF-system downstream cat)
(SCR-system upstream cat; DPF-system
downstream cat)
AT1OG1; NOX sensor (SCR-system down-
stream cat; DPF- system downstream cat)
138 3234 2 6-0-0 NOx Sensor; CAN DLC error DLC Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AT1O1Vol
NOX Sensor (SCR-system downstream cat;
DPF- system downstream cat); length of frame
incorrect
AT1OG1Vol; NOX sensor (SCR-system down-
stream cat; DPF-system downstream cat)
140 523941 9 7-6-7 Timeout Error (BAM to packet) for CAN- Timeout Error (BAM to packet) for CAN-
Receive-Frame AT1OGCVol2 informa- Receive-Frame AT1OGCVol2 information; fac-
Sensor (SCR-system downstream cat; system downstream cat; DPF-system down-
D 23.18 49
141 523942 9 7-6-7 Timeout Error (BAM to BAM) for CAN- Timeout Error (BAM to BAM) for CAN-Receive-
Receive-Frame AT1OGCVol2 informa- Frame AT1OGCVol2 information; factors &
tion; factors & Sensorcalibration for NOX Sensorcalibration for NOX Sensor (SCR-sys-
Sensor (SCR-system downstream cat; tem downstream cat; DPF-system downstream
DPF- system downstream cat) cat)
142 523943 9 7-6-7 Timeout Error (PCK2PCK) for CAN- Timeout Error (PCK2PCK) for CAN-Receive-
168 523935 12 7-6-3 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame

EEC3VOL1; Engine send messages EEC3VOL1; Engine send messages
169 523936 12 7-6-4 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame

171 523212 9 3-3-3 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame

ComEngPrt; Engine Protection ComEngPrt; Engine Protection
179 523240 9 5-2-7 Timeout CAN-message FunModCtl; Timeout CAN-message FunModCtl; Function
Function Mode Control Mode Control
198 523216 9 3-3-7 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame PrHt-
PrHtEnCmd; pre-heat command, engine EnCmd; pre-heat command, engine command
command
202 523793 9 6-7-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame UAA10;
UAA10; AGS sensor service message AGS sensor service message
203 523794 9 6-7-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame UAA11;
UAA11; AGS sensor data AGS sensor data
212 523803 9 6-7-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame RxEng-
RxEngPres; Status burner airpump Pres; Status burner airpump
281 523766 9 1-1-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Active
Active TSC1AE TSC1AE
282 523767 9 1-1-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Passive
Passive TSC1AE TSC1AE
283 523768 9 1-1-9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Active
Active TSC1AR TSC1AR
284 523769 9 1-1-9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Passive
Passive TSC1AR TSC1AR
285 523770 9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Passive

Passive TSC1DE TSC1DE
291 523776 9 1-1-9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame TSC1TE
TSC1TE - active - active
292 523777 9 1-1-9 Passive Timeout Error of CAN-Receive- Passive Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame
Frame TSC1TE; Setpoint TSC1TE; Setpoint
293 523778 9 1-1-8 Active Timeout Errorof CAN-Receive- Active Timeout Errorof CAN-Receive-Frame
Frame TSC1TR TSC1TR
294 523779 9 1-1-8 Passive Timeout Error of CAN-Receive- Passive Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame
Frame TSC1TR TSC1TR
D 23.18 50
299 523788 12 6-5-5 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame TrbCH;
TrbCH; Status Wastegate Status Wastegate

TSC1AE; Traction Control TSC1AE; Traction Control

TSC1AR; Retarder TSC1AR; Retarder

TSC1TE; Setpoint TSC1TE; Setpoint

TSC1TR; Setpoint TSC1TR; Setpoint
322 523867 12 6-7-9 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame UAA1
UAA1 on CAN 2; Burner Air Pump Con- on CAN 2; Burner Air Pump Control
trol
360 523982 0 7-3-7 Powerstage diagnosis disabled; high bat- Powerstage diagnosis disabled; high battery
tery voltage voltage
361 523982 1 7-3-7 Powerstage diagnosis disabled; low bat- Powerstage diagnosis disabled; low battery
376 630 12 2-8-1 Access error EEPROM Access error EEPROM memory (delete)
377 630 12 2-8-1 Access error EEPROM Access error EEPROM memory (read)
378 630 12 2-8-1 Access error EEPROM Access error EEPROM memory (write)
381 411 4 Physical range check low for EGR differ- Physical range check low for EGR differential
ential pressure pressure
383 2791 5 4-1-5 Actuator EGR Valve; open load Actuator EGR Valve; open load
384 2791 12 4-1-5 Actuator EGR Valve; powerstage over Actuator EGR Valve; powerstage over temper-
temperature ature
385 2791 3 4-1-4 Actuator EGR Valve; short circuit to bat- Actuator EGR Valve; short circuit to battery
tery
386 2791 4 4-1-4 Actuator EGR Valve; short circuit to Actuator EGR Valve; short circuit to ground
ground
387 523612 12 5-5-5 Internal software error ECU Internal software error ECU; injection cut off
388 190 0 2-1-4 Engine speed above warning threshold Overspeed detection in component engine pro-
(FOC-Level 1) tection
389 190 0 2-1-4 Engine speed above warning threshold Engine speed above warning threshold (FOC-
(FOC-Level 1) Level 1)
390 190 11 2-1-4 Engine speed above warning threshold Engine speed above warning threshold (FOC-
391 190 14 2-1-4 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Engine speed above warning threshold (Over-
rupted run Mode)
412 108 3 2-9-2 Sensor error ambient air pressure; signal Sensor error ambient air pressure; signal range
413 108 4 2-9-2 Sensor error ambient air pressure; signal Sensor error ambient air pressure; signal range
D 23.18 51
417 171 3 3-1-2 Sensor error environment temperature; Sensor error environment temperature; signal
signal range check high range check high
418 171 4 3-1-2 Sensor error environment temperature; Sensor error environment temperature; signal
signal range check low range check low
419 190 8 2-1-2 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Sensor camshaft speed; disturbed signal
rupted
420 190 12 2-1-2 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Sensor camshaft speed; no signal
rupted
421 190 2 2-1-3 Offset angle between crank- and cam- Offset angle between crank- and camshaft sen-
shaft sensor is too large sor is too large
422 190 8 2-1-2 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Sensor crankshaft speed; disturbed signal
rupted
423 190 12 2-1-2 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Sensor crankshaft speed; no signal
rupted
424 703 5 1-4-2 Engine running lamp; open load Engine running lamp; open load
425 703 12 1-4-2 Engine running lamp; powerstage over Engine running lamp; powerstage over temper-
temperature ature
426 703 3 1-4-2 Engine running lamp; short circuit to bat- Engine running lamp; short circuit to battery
tery
427 703 4 1-4-2 Engine running lamp; short circuit to Engine running lamp; short circuit to ground
ground
450 975 5 2-2-8 Fan control; open load Digital fan control; open load
451 975 12 2-2-8 Fan control; internal error Digital fan control; powerstage over tempera-
ture
452 975 3 2-2-8 Fan control; short circuit to battery Digital fan control; short circuit to battery
453 975 4 2-2-8 Fan control; short circuit to ground Digital fan control; short circuit to ground
455 975 5 2-2-8 Fan control; open load Fan actuator (PWM output); open load
456 975 12 2-2-8 Fan control; internal error Fan actuator (PWM output); powerstage over
temperature
457 975 3 2-2-8 Fan control; short circuit to battery Fan actuator (PWM output); short circuit to bat-
tery
458 975 4 2-2-8 Fan control; short circuit to ground Fan actuator (PWM output); short circuit to
ground
460 1639 0 2-2-8 Sensor error fan speed; signal range Sensor error fan speed; signal range check
check high high
461 1639 1 2-2-8 Sensor error fan speed; signal range Sensor error fan speed; signal range check
check low low
462 523602 0 2-2-8 Fan control; out of range, system reac- High fan speed; warning threshold exceeded
tion initiated
463 523602 0 2-2-8 Fan control; out of range, system reac- High fan speed; shut off threshold exceeded
tion initiated
464 97 3 2-2-8 Sensor error water in fuel; signal range Sensor error water in fuel; signal range check
check high high
D 23.18 52
465 97 4 2-2-8 Sensor error water in fuel; signal range Sensor error water in fuel; signal range check
check low low
472 94 3 2-1-6 Sensor error low fuel pressure; signal Sensor error low fuel pressure; signal range
473 94 4 2-1-6 Sensor error low fuel pressure; signal Sensor error low fuel pressure; signal range
474 94 1 2-1-6 Low fuel pressure; system reaction initi- Low fuel pressure; warning threshold exceeded
ated
475 94 1 2-1-6 Low fuel pressure; system reaction initi- Low fuel pressure; shut off threshold exceeded
ated
481 174 0 2-3-7 High low fuel temperature; system reac- High low fuel temperature; warning threshold
tion initiated exceeded
482 174 0 2-3-7 High Low fuel temperature; system reac- High Low fuel temperature; shut off threshold
488 523619 2 1-3-3 Physical range check high for exhaust Physical range check high for exhaust gas tem-
gas temperature upstrem (SCR-CAT) perature upstrem (SCR-CAT)
500 523915 0 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); overcurrent at HCI dosing valve (DV1); overcurrent at the end
the end of the injection phase of the injection phase
501 523915 12 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); powerstage HCI dosing valve (DV1); powerstage over tem-
over temperature perature
502 523915 3 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to battery
battery
503 523915 3 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to battery
battery high side
504 523915 4 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to ground
ground
505 523915 11 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit high HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit high side
side powerstage powerstage
506 523916 2 7-1-9 Sensor HCI dosing valve (DV1) down- Sensor HCI dosing valve (DV1) downstream
stream pressure; plausibility error pressure; plausibility error
508 523916 0 7-1-9 Physical range check high for HCI dosing Physical range check high for HCI dosing valve
valve (DV1) downstream pressure; shut (DV1) downstream pressure; shut off regenera-
off regeneration tion
511 523916 1 7-1-9 Physical range check low for HCI dosing Physical range check low for HCI dosing valve
514 523916 3 7-1-9 Sensor error HCI dosing valve (DV1) Sensor error HCI dosing valve (DV1) down-
downstream pressure; signal range stream pressure; signal range check high
check high
515 523916 4 7-1-9 Sensor error HCI dosing valve (DV1) Sensor error HCI dosing valve (DV1) down-
downstream pressure; signal range stream pressure; signal range check low
check low
516 523917 2 7-1-8 Sensor DV1 & DV2 upstream pressure; Sensor DV1 & DV2 upstream pressure; plausi-
plausibility error bility error
D 23.18 53
518 523917 0 7-1-8 Physical range check high for DV1 & Physical range check high for DV1 & DV2
DV2 upstream pressure; shut off regen- upstream pressure; shut off regeneration
eration
521 523917 1 7-1-8 Physical range check low for DV1 & DV2 Physical range check low for DV1 & DV2
upstream pressure; shut off regeneration upstream pressure; shut off regeneration
524 523917 3 7-1-8 Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream pres- Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream pressure;
sure; signal range check high signal range check high
525 523917 4 7-1-8 Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream pres- Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream pressure;
sure; signal range check low signal range check low
526 523918 2 7-1-7 Sensor DV1 & DV2 upstream tempera- Sensor DV1 & DV2 upstream temperature;
ture; plausibility error plausibility error
528 523918 0 7-1-7 Physical range check high for DV1 & Physical range check high for DV1 & DV2
DV2 upstream temperature; shut off upstream temperature; shut off regeneration
regeneration
531 523918 1 7-1-7 Physical range check low for DV1 & DV2 Physical range check low for DV1 & DV2
upstream temperature; shut off regener- upstream temperature; shut off regeneration
ation
534 523918 3 7-1-7 Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream tem- Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream tempera-
perature; signal range check high ture; signal range check high
535 523918 4 7-1-7 Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream tem- Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream tempera-
perature; signal range check low ture; signal range check low
543 676 11 2-6-3 Cold start aid relay; open load, relay Cold start aid relay error.
error.
544 676 11 2-6-3 Cold start aid relay; open load, relay Cold start aid relay open load
error.
545 729 5 2-6-3 Cold start aid relay open load Cold start aid relay open load
547 729 12 2-6-3 Cold start aid relay; over temperature Cold start aid relay; over temperature error
error
559 523895 13 7-0-6 Check of missing injector adjustment Check of missing injector adjustment value pro-
value programming (IMA) injector 1 (in gramming (IMA) injector 1 (in firing order)
firing order)
560 523896 13 7-0-7 check of missing injector adjustment check of missing injector adjustment value pro-
firing order)
firing order)
firing order)
firing order)
firing order)
D 23.18 54
565 523350 4 1-5-1 Injector cylinder-bank 1; short circuit Injector cylinder-bank 1; short circuit
566 523352 4 1-5-2 Injector cylinder-bank 2; short circuit Injector cylinder-bank 2; short circuit
567 523354 12 1-5-3 Injector powerstage output defect Injector powerstage output defect
568 651 5 1-5-4 Injector 1 (in firing order); interruption of Injector 1 (in firing order); interruption of electric
electric connection connection
580 651 3 1-5-4 Injector 1 (in firing order); short circuit Injector 1 (in firing order); short circuit
586 651 4 1-5-4 High side to low side short circuit in the High side to low side short circuit in the injector
injector 1 (in firing order) 1 (in firing order)
592 523615 5 1-3-5 Metering unit (Fuel-System); open load Metering unit (Fuel-System); open load
593 523615 12 1-3-5 Metering unit (Fuel-System); powerstage Metering unit (Fuel-System); powerstage over
594 523615 3 1-3-5 Metering unit (Fuel-System); short cir- Metering unit (Fuel-System); short circuit to
cuit to battery battery highside
cuit to ground ground high side
cuit to battery battery low side
D 23.18 55
597 523615 4 1-3-5 Metering unit (Fuel-System); short cir- Metering Unit (Fuel-System); short circuit to
cuit to ground ground low side
604 1323 12 2-4-1 Too many recognized misfires in cylinder Too many recognized misfires in cylinder 1 (in
1 (in firing order) firing order)
610 1322 12 2-4-1 Too many recognized misfires in more Too many recognized misfires in more than
than one cylinder one cylinder
612 523612 12 5-5-5 ECU reported internal software error Internal ECU monitoring detection reported
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
D 23.18 56
error
error
648 523008 1 4-2-4 Manipulation control was triggered Manipulation control was triggered
649 523008 2 4-2-4 Timeout error in Manipulation control Timeout error in Manipulation control
732 100 3 2-2-4 Sensor error oil pressure; signal range Sensor error oil pressure; signal range check
check high high
733 100 4 2-2-4 Sensor error oil pressure sensor; signal Sensor error oil pressure sensor; signal range
734 100 0 2-3-1 High oil pressure; system reaction initi- High oil pressure; warning threshold exceeded
ated
735 100 0 2-3-1 High oil pressure; system reaction initi- High oil pressure; shut off threshold exceeded
ated
736 100 1 2-3-1 Low oil pressure; system reaction initi- Low oil pressure; warning threshold exceeded
ated
737 100 1 2-3-1 Low oil pressure; system reaction initi- Low oil pressure; shut off threshold exceeded
ated
738 175 2 1-4-4 Oil temperature; plausibility error Sensor oil temperature; plausibility error
739 175 2 1-4-4 Oil temperature; plausibility error Sensor oil temperature; plausibility error oil
temperature too high
740 175 0 1-4-4 Oil temperature; out of range, system Physical range check high for oil temperature
reaction initiated
741 175 1 1-4-4 Physical range check low for oil tempera- Physical range check low for oil temperature
ture
743 175 3 1-4-4 Sensor error oil temperature; signal Sensor error oil temperature; signal range
744 175 4 1-4-4 Sensor error oil temperature; signal Sensor error oil temperature; signal range
745 175 0 1-4-4 Oil temperature; out of range, system High oil temperature; warning threshold
reaction initiated exceeded
746 175 0 1-4-4 Oil temperature; out of range, system High oil temperature; shut off threshold
747 1237 2 1-4-5 Override switch; plausibility error Override switch; plausibility error
750 107 3 1-3-6 Sensor error airfilter differential pressure; Sensor error airfilter differential pressure; short
short circuit to battery circuit to battery
751 107 4 1-3-6 Sensor error airfilter differential pressure; Sensor error airfilter differential pressure; short
short circuit to ground circuit to ground
752 107 0 1-3-6 Air filter differential pressure; system High air filter differential pressure; warning
reaction initiated threshold exceeded
753 523919 2 6-9-4 Sensor airpump pressure; plausibility Sensor airpump pressure; plausibility error
error
D 23.18 57
755 523919 0 6-9-4 Physical range check high for airpump Physical range check high for airpump pres-
pressure; shut off regeneration sure; shut off regeneration
758 523919 1 6-9-4 Physical range check low for airpump Physical range check low for airpump pressure;
pressure; shut off regeneration shut off regeneration
761 523919 3 6-9-4 Sensor error airpump pressure; signal Sensor error airpump pressure; signal range
762 523919 4 6-9-4 Sensor error airpump pressure; signal Sensor error airpump pressure; signal range
763 523920 2 7-1-6 Sensor exhaustgas back pressure; plau- Sensor exhaustgas back pressure; plausibility
sibility error error
765 523920 0 7-1-6 Physical range check high for exhaust- Physical range check high for exhaustgas back
gas back pressure burner; shut off pressure burner; shut off regeneration
regeneration
768 523920 1 7-1-6 Physical range check low for exhaustgas Physical range check low for exhaustgas back
back pressure burner; shut off regenera- pressure burner; shut off regeneration
tion
770 523920 3 7-1-6 Sensor error exhaustgas back pressure Sensor error exhaustgas back pressure burner;
burner; signal range check high signal range check high
771 523920 4 7-1-6 Sensor error exhaustgas back pressure Sensor error exhaustgas back pressure burner;
burner; signal range check low signal range check low
776 102 3 2-2-3 Sensor error charged air pressure; signal Sensor error charged air pressure; signal range
777 102 4 2-2-3 Sensor error charged air pressure; signal Sensor error charged air pressure; signal range
791 411 0 6-9-3 Physical range check high for differential Physical range check high for differential pres-
pressure Venturiunit (EGR) sure Venturiunit (EGR)
792 411 1 6-9-3 Physical range check low for differential Physical range check low for differential pres-
793 411 11 6-9-3 Sensor differential pressure Venturiunit Sensor differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR);
(EGR); plausibility error plausibility error
794 411 2 6-9-3 Sensor differential pressure Venturiunit Sensor differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR);
(EGR); CAN signal invalid CAN signal invalid
795 411 3 6-9-3 Sensor error differential pressure Ventu- Sensor error differential pressure Venturiunit
riunit (EGR); signal range check high (EGR); signal range check high
796 411 4 6-9-3 Sensor error differential pressure Ventu- Sensor error differential pressure Venturiunit
riunit (EGR); signal range check low (EGR); signal range check low
805 524025 14 Particulate filter; regeneration not suc- Particulate filter; regeneration not succesful
cesful
807 3253 2 6-9-2 Sensor differential pressure (DPF); plau- Sensor differential pressure (DPF); plausibility
sibility error error regarding signal offset
809 3251 0 6-9-2 Physical range check high for differential Physical range check high for differential pres-
pressure (DPF); shut off regeneration sure (DPF); shut off regeneration
812 3251 1 6-9-2 Physical range check low for differential Physical range check low for differential pres-
D 23.18 58
814 3253 3 6-9-2 Sensor error differential pressure (DPF); Sensor error differential pressure (DPF); signal
815 3253 4 6-9-2 Sensor error differential pressure (DPF); Sensor error differential pressure (DPF); signal
825 523009 9 2-5-3 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) reached Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) reached maximun
maximun allowed opening count allowed opening count
826 523470 2 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to open;
open performed by pressure increase
827 523470 2 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to open;
open performed by pressure shock
828 523470 12 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to Open Pressure Relief Valve (PRV); shut off
open; system reaction initiated condition
829 523470 12 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to Open Pressure Relief Valve (PRV); warning
830 523470 14 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) is open Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) is open
831 523470 11 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) error; Rail The PRV can not be opened at this operating
pressure out of tolerance range point with a pressure shock
832 523470 11 1-4-6 Rail pressure out of tolerance range Rail pressure out of tolerance range
833 523009 10 2-5-3 Pressure relief valve (PRV) reached Pressure relief valve (PRV) reached maximun
maximun allowed open time allowed open time
834 523906 5 7-6-1 Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; open Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; open load
load
835 523906 12 7-6-1 Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; power- Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; powerstage
stage over temperature over temperature
836 523906 3 7-6-1 Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; short Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; short circuit to
circuit to battery battery
837 523906 4 7-6-1 Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; short Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; short circuit to
circuit to ground ground
838 523450 3 1-4-3 Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; short
839 523450 4 1-4-3 Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; short
840 523450 2 1-4-3 Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; plausi-
841 523451 3 1-4-3 Multiple Stage Switch engine speed con- Multiple Stage Switch engine speed control
trol parameter; short circuit to battery parameter; short circuit to battery
trol parameter; short circuit to ground parameter; short circuit to ground
trol parameter; plausibility error parameter; plausibility error
844 523452 3 1-4-3 Multiple Stage Switch engine torque limi- Multiple Stage Switch engine torque limitation
tation curve; short circuit to battery curve; short circuit to battery
tation curve; short circuit to ground curve; short circuit to ground
D 23.18 59
tation curve; plausibility error curve; plausibility error
849 1176 3 6-8-0 Sensor error pressure sensor upstream Sensor error pressure sensor upstream tur-
turbine; signal range check high bine; signal range check high
850 1176 4 6-8-0 Sensor error pressure sensor down- Sensor error pressure sensor downstream tur-
stream turbine; signal range check high bine; signal range check high
856 523613 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Maximum positive deviation of rail pressure
exceeded (RailMeUn0)
857 523613 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Maximum positive deviation of rail pressure in
metering unit exceeded (RailMeUn1)
858 523613 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Railsystem leakage detected (RailMeUn10)
859 523613 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Maximum negative deviation of rail pressure in
860 523613 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Negative deviation of rail pressure second
stage (RailMeUn22)
861 523613 1 1-3-4 Minimum rail pressure exceeded Minimum rail pressure exceeded (RailMeUn3)
(RailMeUn3)
862 523613 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Maximum rail pressure exceeded (RailMeUn4)
864 523613 2 1-3-4 Setpoint of metering unit in overrun Setpoint of metering unit in overrun mode not
mode not plausible plausible
876 523470 7 1-4-6 Maximum rail pressure in limp home Maximum rail pressure in limp home mode
mode exceeded (PRV) exceeded (PRV)
877 157 3 1-4-7 Sesnor error rail pressure; signal range Sesnor error rail pressure; signal range check
check high high
878 157 4 1-4-7 Sensor error rail pressure; signal range Sensor error rail pressure; signal range check
check low low
881 523633 11 7-0-1 Nox conversion rate insufficient Nox conversion rate insufficient (SCR-Cat
defect, bad AdBule quality)
defect, bad AdBule quality); temperature range
1
2
887 3234 11 8-0-7 Nox Sensor downstream of SCR Cataly- Nox Sensor downstream of SCR Catalysator;
sator; plausibility error "stuk in range" plausibility error "stuk in range"
889 3224 1 8-0-8 Nox sensor upstream of SCR Catalysa- Nox sensor upstream of SCR Catalysator; low
tor; low signal not plausible signal not plausible
892 4345 11 8-7-0 Sensor backflow line pressure (SCR); Sensor backflow line pressure (SCR); plausibil-
plausibility error ity error
893 4343 11 8-7-1 General pressure check error (SCR) General pressure check error (SCR)
894 4374 13 8-7-2 Pressure stabilisation error dosing valve Pressure stabilisation error dosing valve (SCR)
(SCR)
D 23.18 60
896 523723 11 8-7-4 Detection of AdBlue filled SCR system in Detection of AdBlue filled SCR system in Init-
Init-State State
897 523632 16 8-7-5 Pump pressure SCR metering unit too Pump pressure SCR metering unit too high
high
898 523632 18 8-7-6 Pump pressure SCR metering unit too Pump pressure SCR metering unit too low
low
899 523632 0 8-7-7 Pressure overload of SCR-System Pressure overload of SCR-System
900 523632 1 8-7-8 Pressure build-up error SCR-System Pressure build-up error SCR-System
903 4365 0 8-8-1 Urea tank temperature too high Urea tank temperature too high
905 3241 0 8-8-3 Sensor SCR catalyst upstream tempera- Sensor SCR catalyst upstream temperature
ture too high; plausibility error too high; plausibility error
906 3241 1 8-8-4 Sensor SCR catalyst upstream tempera- Sensor SCR catalyst upstream temperature
ture too low; plausibility error too low; plausibility error
908 3361 7 8-8-6 AdBlue dosing valve blocked (SCR) AdBlue dosing valve blocked (SCR)
914 523720 2 6-9-0 Urea supply module heater temperature; Sensor urea supply module heater tempera-
plausibility error ture; plausibility error (normal condition)
915 523720 2 6-9-0 Urea supply module heater temperature; Sensor urea supply module heater tempera-
plausibility error ture; plausibility error (cold start condition)
916 523721 2 6-8-9 Urea supply module heater temperature; Sesnor urea supply module temperature; plau-
plausibility error sibility error (normal condition)
917 523721 2 6-8-9 Urea supply module heater temperature; Sensor urea supply module temperature; plau-
plausibility error sibility error (cold start condition)
918 523981 11 Urea-tank without heating function (heat- Urea-tank without heating function (heating
ing phase) phase)
919 523330 14 1-3-1 Immobilizer status; fuel blocked Immobilizer status; fuel blocked
925 523720 8 6-9-0 Urea supply module heater temperature; Urea supply module heater temperature; duty
signal disrupted cycle in failure range
926 523720 8 6-9-0 Urea supply module heater temperature; Urea supply module heater temperature; duty
signal disrupted cycle in invalid range
927 523721 11 6-8-9 Urea supply module temperature mea- Urea supply module temperature measurement
surement not available not available
928 523722 8 6-9-1 Urea supply module PWM signal; signal Urea supply module PWM signal; period out-
disrupted side valid range
929 523722 8 6-9-1 Urea supply module PWM signal; signal Detect faulty PWM signal from Supply Modul
disrupted
930 523721 8 6-8-9 Urea supply module temperature; signal Urea supply module temperature; duty cycle in
disrupted failure range
931 523721 8 6-8-9 Urea supply module temperature; signal Urea supply module temperature; duty cycle in
disrupted invalid range
932 29 3 1-2-6 Handthrottle; signal out of range, short Handthrottle idle validation switch; short circuit
circuit to battery to battery
935 91 3 2-2-6 Sensor error accelerator pedal; signal Sensor error accelerator pedal; signal range
D 23.18 61
936 29 3 2-2-6 Handthrottle; signal out of range, short Sesnor error handthrottle; signal range check
circuit to battery high
937 29 4 1-2-6 Handthrottle; signal out of range, short Handthrottle idle validation switch; short circuit
circuit to ground to ground
940 91 4 2-2-6 Sensor error accelerator pedal; signal Sensor error accelerator pedal; signal range
941 29 4 2-2-6 Handthrottle; signal out of range, short Sensor error handthrottle sensor; signal range
circuit to ground check low
942 523921 3 7-1-4 Sensor error burner temperature; signal Sensor error burner temperature; signal range
943 3532 3 6-7-0 Sensor error urea tank level; signal Sensor error urea tank level; signal range
944 523921 4 7-1-4 Sensor error burner temperature; signal Sensor error burner temperature; signal range
945 3532 4 6-7-0 Sensor error urea tank level; signal Sensor error urea tank level; signal range
946 1079 13 2-8-2 Sensor supply voltage monitor 1 error Sensor supply voltage monitor 1 error (ECU)
(ECU)
(ECU)
(ECU)
956 677 3 5-1-2 Starter relay; short circuit Starter relay high side; short circuit to battery
957 677 4 5-1-2 Starter relay; short circuit Starter relay high side; short circuit to ground
958 677 5 5-1-2 Starter relay; no load error Starter relay; no load error
959 677 12 5-1-2 Starter relay; powerstage over tempera- Starter relay; powerstage over temperature
ture
960 677 3 5-1-2 Starter relay; short circuit Starter relay low side; short circuit to battery
961 677 4 5-1-2 Starter relay; short circuit Starter relay low side; short circuit to ground
963 523922 5 7-1-5 Burner shut off valve; open load Burner shut off valve; open load
965 523922 3 7-1-5 Burner shut of valve; short circuit to bat- Burner shut of valve; short circuit to battery
tery
967 523922 4 7-1-5 Burner shut of valve; short circuit to Burner shut of valve; short circuit to ground
ground
969 624 5 5-1-3 SVS lamp; open load SVS lamp; open load
970 624 12 5-1-3 SVS lamp; powerstage over temperature SVS lamp; powerstage over temperature
971 624 3 5-1-3 SVS lamp; short circuit to battery SVS lamp; short circuit to battery
972 624 4 5-1-3 SVS lamp; short circuit to ground SVS lamp; short circuit to ground
973 523612 14 5-5-5 Softwarereset CPU Softwarereset CPU SWReset_0
D 23.18 62
976 91 11 2-2-6 Plausibility error between APP1 and Plausibility error between APP1 and APP2 or
APP2 or APP1 and idle switch APP1 and idle switch
980 523550 12 5-1-5 T50 start switch active for too long T50 start switch active for too long
981 172 3 2-2-6 Sensor error intake air; signal range Sensor error intake air; signal range check high
check high
982 172 4 2-2-6 Sensor error intake air sensor; signal Sensor error intake air sensor; signal range
983 172 2 2-2-6 Intake air sensor; plausibility error Intake air sensor; plausibility error
984 523921 11 7-1-4 Sensor burner temperature; plausibility Sensor burner temperature; plausibility error
error
986 523921 0 7-1-4 Physical range check high for burner Physical range check high for burner tempera-
temperature ture
989 523921 1 7-1-4 Physical range check low for burner tem- Physical range check low for burner tempera-
perature ture
994 105 3 1-2-8 Sensor error charged air temperature; Sensor error charged air temperature; signal
995 105 4 1-2-8 Sensor error charged air temperature; Sensor error charged air temperature; signal
996 105 0 2-3-3 Charged air cooler temperature; system High charged air cooler temperature; warning
997 105 0 2-3-3 Charged air cooler temperature; system High charged air cooler temperature; shut off
1007 412 3 6-8-2 Sensor error EGR cooler downstream Sensor error EGR cooler downstream temper-
temperature; signal range check high ature; signal range check high
1008 412 4 6-8-2 Sensor error EGR cooler downstream Sensor error EGR cooler downstream temper-
temperature; signal range check low ature; signal range check low
1009 412 2 6-8-2 Sensor exhaust gas temperature Ventu- Sensor exhaust gas temperature Venturiunit
riunit (EGR); plausibility error (EGR); plausibility error
1011 523960 0 7-7-1 EGR cooler downstream temperature; Physical range check high for EGR cooler
out of range, system reaction initiated downstream temperature
1012 523960 1 7-7-1 EGR cooler downstream temperature; Physical range check low for EGR cooler
1013 523960 11 7-7-1 Sensor exhaust gas temperature Ventu- Sensor exhaust gas temperature Venturiunit
1014 51 6 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Throttle-
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error Valve (6.1,7.8); signal range check high
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error Valve (6.1,7.8); signal range check low
1016 51 7 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Actuator position for EGR-Valve (2.9,3.6) or
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8) not plausible
1017 51 5 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Actuator EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Throttle-Valve
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error (6.1,7.8); open load
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error (6.1,7.8); powerstage over temperature
D 23.18 63
1019 51 3 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8);
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error short circuit to battery
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error short circuit to ground
1021 51 12 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Mechanical actuator defect EGR-Valve
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error (2.9,3.6) or Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8)
1024 51 3 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Position sensor error of actuator EGR-Valve
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error (2.9;3.6) or Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); signal
range check high
1025 51 4 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Position sensor error actuator EGR-Valve
range check low
1026 4769 2 6-8-4 Sensor exhaust gas temperature down- Sensor exhaust gas temperature downstream
stream (DOC); plausibility error (DOC); plausibility error
gas temperature downstream (DOC) perature downstream (DOC)
1032 4766 1 6-8-4 Physical range check low for exhaust Physical range check low for exhaust gas tem-
1034 4769 3 6-8-4 Sensor error exhaust gas temperature Sensor error exhaust gas temperature down-
downstream (DOC); signal range check stream (DOC); signal range check high
high
1035 4769 4 6-8-4 Sensor error exhaust gas temperature Sensor error exhaust gas temperature down-
downstream (DOC); signal range check stream (DOC); signal range check low
low
1036 4768 2 6-8-3 Sensor exhaust gas temperature Sensor exhaust gas temperature upstream
upstream (DOC); plausibility error (DOC); plausibility error
gas temperature upstream (DOC) perature upstream (DOC)
1042 4765 1 6-8-3 Physical range check low for exhaust Physical range check low for exhaust gas tem-
1044 4768 3 6-8-3 Sensor error exhaust gas temperature Sensor error exhaust gas temperature
upstream (DOC); signal range check upstream (DOC); signal range check high
high
upstream (DOC); signal range check low upstream (DOC); signal range check low
1047 3248 4 6-8-5 Sensor error particle filter downstream Sensor error particle filter downstream temper-
1066 1180 11 5-5-6 Sensor exhaust gas temperature Sensor exhaust gas temperature upstream tur-
upstream turbine; plausibility error bine; plausibility error
upstream turbine; signal range check upstream turbine; signal range check high
high
D 23.18 64
upstream turbine; signal range check low upstream turbine; signal range check low
1069 4361 0 6-6-8 Physical range check high for urea cata- Physical range check high for urea catalyst
lyst upstream temperature upstream temperature
1070 4361 1 6-6-8 Physical range low for urea catalyst Physical range low for urea catalyst upstream
upstream temperature temperature
1072 4361 3 6-6-8 Sensor error urea catalyst exhaust gas Sensor error urea catalyst exhaust gas temper-
temperature upstream; signal range ature upstream; signal range check high
check high
1073 4361 4 6-6-8 Sensor error urea catalyst exhaust gas Sensor error urea catalyst exhaust gas temper-
temperature upstream; signal range ature upstream; signal range check low
check low
1074 1761 14 6-7-0 Urea tank level; warning threshold Urea tank level; warning threshold exceeded
exceeded
1077 3361 3 6-7-7 Urea dosing valve; short circuit to battery Urea dosing valve; short circuit to battery on
high side
1078 3361 3 6-7-7 Urea dosing valve; short circuit to battery Urea dosing valve; short circuit to battery or
open load on high side
1079 3361 4 6-7-7 Urea dosing valve; short circuit to ground Urea dosing valve; short circuit to ground or
open load on low side
1080 3361 4 6-7-7 Urea dosing valve; short circuit to ground Urea dosing valve; short circuit on high side
1081 4345 5 6-7-4 SCR heater relay urea returnline; open SCR heater relay urea returnline sekondary
load side; open load
1082 4366 5 7-6-2 SCR main relay (secondary side): open SCR main relay (secondary side): open load
load
1083 4343 5 6-7-3 SCR heater relay urea pressureline; SCR heater relay urea pressureline secondary
open load side; open load
1084 4366 5 7-6-2 SCR main relay; short circuit SCR main relay (secondary side); Shortcut to
battery
1085 4366 5 7-6-2 SCR main relay; short circuit SCR main relay (secondary side); shortcut to
ground
1086 4341 5 6-7-5 SCR heater relay urea supplyline; open SCR heater relay urea supplyline secondary
1087 523719 5 6-7-2 SCR heater relay urea supply module; SCR heater relay urea supply modul secondary
1088 4366 5 6-7-1 SCR Tank heating valve; open load SCR Tank heating valve secundary side: open
load
1089 4243 11 7-8-3 SCR system heater diagnostic reports SCR system heater diagnostic reports error;
error; shut off SCR-system shut off SCR-system
1090 4345 5 6-7-4 SCR heater relay urea returnline; open SCR heater relay urea returnline primary side;
load open load
1092 4345 3 6-7-4 SCR heater urea returnline; short circuit SCR heater urea returnline; short circuit to bat-
to battery tery
1093 4345 4 6-7-4 SCR heater urea returnline; short circuit SCR heater urea returnline; short circuit to
to ground ground
D 23.18 65
1094 4343 5 6-7-3 SCR heater relay urea pressureline; SCR heater relay urea pressureline primary
1096 4343 3 6-7-3 SCR heater urea pressureline; short cir- SCR heater urea pressureline; short circuit to
cuit to battery battery
1097 4343 4 6-7-3 SCR heater urea pressureline; short cir- SCR heater urea pressureline; short circuit to
cuit to ground ground
1098 523718 5 6-7-6 SCR main relay (primary side); open SCR main relay (primary side); open load
load
1099 523718 12 6-7-6 SCR main relay (primary side); power- SCR main relay (primary side); powerstage
1100 523718 3 6-7-6 SCR main relay (primary side); short cir- SCR main relay (primary side); short circuit to
1101 523718 4 6-7-6 SCR main relay (primary side); short cir- SCR main relay (primary side); short circuit to
1102 4341 5 6-7-5 SCR heater relay urea supplyline; open SCR heater relay urea supplyline primary side;
load open load
1104 4341 3 6-7-5 SCR-heater urea supplyline; short circuit SCR-heater urea supplyline; short circuit to
to battery battery
1105 4341 4 6-7-5 SCR-heater urea supplyline; short circuit SCR-heater urea supplyline; short circuit to
to ground ground
1106 523719 5 6-7-2 SCR heater relay urea supply module; SCR heater relay urea supplymodule primary
1108 523719 3 6-7-2 SCR heater urea supplymodule; short SCR heater urea supplymodule; short circuit to
1109 523719 4 6-7-2 SCR heater urea supplymodule; short SCR heater urea supplymodule; short circuit to
1110 4366 5 6-7-1 SCR Tank heating valve; open load SCR tank heating valve primary side; open
load
1111 4366 12 6-7-1 SCR-heater relay urea tank powerstage SCR-heater relay urea tank powerstage output;
output; over temperature over temperature
1112 4366 3 6-7-1 SCR Tank heating valve; short circuit to SCR Tank heating valve; short circuit to battery
battery
1113 4366 4 6-7-1 SCR Tank heating valve; short circuit to SCR Tank heating valve; short circuit to ground
ground
1118 4375 5 6-6-6 Urea pump motor; open load Urea pump motor; open load
1120 4375 3 6-6-6 Urea pump motor; short circuit to battery Urea pump motor; short circuit to battery
1121 4375 4 6-6-6 Urea pump motor; short circuit to ground Urea pump motor; short circuit to ground
1122 523632 0 6-6-5 Urea pump pressure; out of range Physical range check high for Urea Pump
Pressure
1123 523632 1 6-6-5 Urea pump pressure; out of range Physical range check low for Urea Pump Pres-
sure
1124 523632 0 6-6-5 Urea pump pressure; out of range Urea pump pressure sensor; high signal not
plusible
D 23.18 66
1125 523632 1 6-6-5 Urea pump pressure; out of range Urea pump pressure sensor; low signal not
plausible
1127 523632 3 6-6-5 Sensor error urea pump pressure; signal Sensor error urea pump pressure; signal range
1128 523632 4 6-6-5 Sensor error urea pump pressure; signal Sensor error urea pump pressure; signal range
1129 4376 5 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; open load SCR reversing valve; open load
1130 4376 12 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; over temperature SCR reversing valve; over temperature
1131 4376 3 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; short circuit to bat- SCR reversing valve; short circuit to battery
tery
1132 4376 4 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; short circuit to SCR reversing valve; short circuit to ground
ground
1135 4365 0 6-6-9 AdBlue-Tank temperature: maximum AdBlue-Tank temperature: maximum

exceeded exceeded
1136 4365 1 6-6-9 DEF-Tank temperature: below minimum DEF-Tank temperature: below minimum
1138 4365 3 6-6-9 Sensor error urea tank temperature; Sensor error urea tank temperature; short cir-
short circuit to battery cuit to battery
1139 4365 4 6-6-9 Sensor error urea tank temperature; Sensor error urea tank temperature; short cir-
short circuit to ground cuit to ground
1157 97 12 2-2-8 Water in fuel level prefilter; maximum Water in fuel level prefilter; maximum value
value exceeded exceeded
1158 523946 0 7-7-2 Zerofuel calibration injector 1 (in firing Zerofuel calibration injector 1 (in firing order);
order); maximum value exceeded maximum value exceeded
order); minimum value exceeded minimum value exceeded
D 23.18 67
1170 523612 12 5-5-5 ECU reported internal software error Internal software error ECU
1171 175 2 1-4-4 Oil temperature; plausibility error Customer oiltemperature: signal unplausible
1173 523973 14 7-7-9 SCR Tamper detection; derating timer SCR Tamper detection; derating timer below
below limit 1 limit 1
1174 523974 14 7-7-9 SCR Tamper detection; derating timer SCR Tamper detection; derating timer below
1175 523975 14 7-8-0 Urea quality; derating timer below limit 1 Urea quality; derating timer below limit 1
1176 523976 14 7-8-0 Urea qulaity; derating timer below limit 2 Urea qulaity; derating timer below limit 2
1177 523977 14 7-8-1 Urea tank level; derating timer below limit Urea tank level; derating timer below limit 1
1
1178 523978 14 7-8-1 Urea tank level; derating timer below limit Urea tank level; derating timer below limit 2
2
1180 168 0 3-1-8 Physikal range check high for battery Physikal range check high for battery voltage
voltage
1181 168 1 3-1-8 Physikal range check low for battery volt- Physikal range check low for battery voltage
age
1182 172 0 2-2-6 Physical range check high for intake air Physical range check high for intake air tem-
temperature perature
1183 172 1 2-2-6 Physical range check low for intake air Physical range check low for intake air temper-
temperature ature
1187 523980 14 7-8-4 Bad quality of reduction agent detected Bad quality of reduction agent detected
1192 523922 12 Over temperature error on burner shut of Over temperature error on burner shut of valve
valve
1193 1180 0 Exhaust gas temperature upstream tur- Physical range check high for exhaust gas tem-
bine; out of range, system reaction initi- perature upstream turbine
ated
1194 1180 1 Exhaust gas temperature upstream tur- Physical range check low for exhaust gas tem-
ated
1216 523914 5 8-5-1 Glow plug control; open load Glow plug control release line; short circuit
error
1217 523914 11 8-5-1 Glow plug control; internal error Glow plug control; internal error
1219 524018 14 7-8-6 DPF wasn´t regenerated, power reduc- DPF wasn´t regenerated, power reduction
tion phase 1 (manuell regeneration phase 1 (manuell regeneration request)
request)
1220 524022 14 7-8-6 DPF wasn´t regenerated, power reduc- DPF wasn´t regenerated, power reduction
request)
1221 524023 14 7-8-6 DPF wasn´t regenerated, warning condi- DPF wasn´t regenerated, warning condition
tion (manuell regeneration mode) (manuell regeneration mode)
1222 190 14 2-1-2 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Camshaft- and Crankshaft speed sensor signal
rupted not available on CAN
D 23.18 68
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error (6.1,7.8); over current
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error (6.1,7.8); over temperature
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error short circuit to battery (A02)
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error short circuit to ground (A02)
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error Valve (6.1,7.8); Overload by short-circuit
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error Valve (6.1,7.8); Power stage overtemperature
due to high current
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error Valve (6.1,7.8); Voltage below threshold
1243 523988 5 7-9-2 Charging lamp; open load Charging lamp; open load
1244 523988 12 7-9-2 Charging lamp; over temperature Charging lamp; over temperature
1245 523988 3 7-9-2 Charging lamp; short circuit to battery Charging lamp; short circuit to battery
1246 523988 4 7-9-2 Charging lamp; short circuit to ground Charging lamp; short circuit to ground
1247 524019 11 8-6-2 Air Pump; air lines blocked Air Pump; air lines blocked
1248 523910 9 6-9-5 Air Pump; CAN communication lost Air Pump; CAN communication lost
1249 523910 7 6-9-5 Air pump; CAN communication inter- Air pump; CAN communication interrupted no
rupted no purge function available purge function available
1250 523910 12 6-9-5 Air Pump; internal error Air Pump; internal error
1251 523910 0 6-9-5 Air Pump; internal error Air Pump; powerstage over temperature
1252 523910 0 6-9-5 Air Pump; internal error Air Pump; operating voltage error
1253 523911 7 8-5-0 Burner dosing valve (DV2); blocked Burner dosing valve (DV2); blocked closed
closed
1254 524014 1 8-5-8 Air pressure glow plug flush line; below Air pressure glow plug flush line; below limit
limit
1255 524013 7 8-5-7 Burner operation disturbed Burner operation is interrupted too often
1256 523915 7 8-5-2 HCI dosing valve (DV1); blocked HCI dosing valve (DV1); blocked closed
D 23.18 69
1257 523915 7 8-5-3 HCI dosing valve (DV1); blocked HCI dosing valve (DV1); blocked open
1258 524016 11 8-5-9 HFM sensor; electrical fault HFM sensor; electrical fault
1259 524016 2 8-5-9 Air Pump; air flow is not plausible Amount of air is not plausible to pump speed
1260 524016 2 8-5-9 Air Pump; air flow is not plausible Calculated amount of air is not plausible to
HFM reading
1261 523910 6 6-9-5 Air Pump; over current Air Pump; over current
1262 523922 7 8-5-4 Shut off valve: blocked Burner Shut Off Valve; blocked closed
1263 524021 11 8-6-4 Burner fuel line pipe leak behind Shut Off Burner fuel line pipe leak behind Shut Off Valve
Valve
1264 523922 7 8-5-5 Shut off valve: blocked Burner Shut Off Valve; blocked open
1265 524017 12 8-6-0 Spark plug control unit (SPCU); internal Spark plug control unit (SPCU); electrical fault
error
1266 524017 12 8-6-1 Spark plug control unit (SPCU); internal Spark plug control unit (SPCU); internal error
error
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
1279 523992 9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame

DM19Vol1; NOX sensor upstream DM19Vol1; NOX sensor upstream

DM19Vol2; NOX sensor downstream DM19Vol2; NOX sensor downstream
1285 524038 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame

ComMS_Sys1TO (error memory Slave); ComMS_Sys1TO (error memory Slave); Mas-
Master-Slave internal CAN message ter-Slave internal CAN message




D 23.18 70

1291 524045 9 Master-Slave CAN; Message-Counter- Master-Slave CAN; Message-Counter-Error of

Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Com- CAN-Receive-Frame ComMSMoFOvR
MSMoFOvR
1292 524046 9 Master-Slave CAN; Checksum-Error of Master-Slave CAN; Checksum-Error of CAN-

CAN-Receive-Frame ComMSMoFOvR Receive-Frame ComMSMoFOvR
1293 524047 9 Master-Slave CAN; Messsage-Length- Master-Slave CAN; Messsage-Length-Error of

MSMoFOvR
1294 524048 9 Timeout error CAN message Timeout error CAN message
ComMSMoFOvR1TO error memory ComMSMoFOvR1TO error memory Slave
Slave
1295 524049 9 Message copy error in the Master / Slave Message copy error in the Master / Slave data
data transfer transfer
1297 523788 0 6-5-5 Turbo charger wastegate; CAN Fehler CAN-Transmit-Frame ComTrbChActr "BusOff-
Satus"; Wastegate
1298 523788 0 6-5-5 Turbo charger wastegate; CAN Fehler CAN-Transmit-Frame ComTrbChActr disable
error; wastegate
1299 523788 0 6-5-5 Turbo charger wastegate; CAN Fehler CAN-Transmit-Frame ComTrbChActr plausibil-
ity error; wastegate
1300 523788 0 6-5-5 Turbo charger wastegate; CAN Fehler Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame ComTr-
bChActr; Wastegate
1302 524024 11 8-6-6 Deviation of the exhaust gas tempera- Deviation of the exhaust gas temperature set-
ture setpoint to actual value downstream point to actual value downstream (DOC) too
(DOC) too high high
firing order)
firing order)
1327 523998 4 7-9-8 Injector cylinder bank 2 slave; short cir- Injector cylinder bank 2 slave; short circuit
cuit
1328 523999 12 7-9-9 Injector powerstage output Slave defect Injector powerstage output Slave defect
D 23.18 71
1337 2797 4 Injector diagnostics; timeout error of Injector diagnostics; timeout error of short cir-
short circuit to ground measurement cyl. cuit to ground measurement cyl. Bank 0
Bank 0
1338 2798 4 Injector diagnostics; timeout error of Injector diagnostics; timeout error of short cir-
Bank 1
1339 2798 4 Injector diagnostics; short circuit Bank 0, Injector diagnostics; short circuit to ground
Bank 1 monitoring Test in Cyl. Bank 0
1340 2798 4 Injector diagnostics; short circuit Bank 0, Injector diagnostics; short circuit to ground
1341 524035 12 5-5-5 Injector diagnostics; time out error in the Injector diagnostics; time out error in the SPI
SPI communication communication
1342 524036 12 Injector diagnostics Slave; time out error Injector diagnostics Slave; time out error in the
in the SPI communication SPI communication

MSMon_FidFCCTO; Master-Slave CAN MSMon_FidFCCTO; Master-Slave CAN com-
communication faulty munication faulty
1357 524052 11 MS ECU reported internal error Error memory Slave reports FID MSMonFC2;
Shut-Off Path test error of fuel injection system
1368 524052 11 MS ECU reported internal error Error memory Slave reports FID MSMonFC3;
timeout of engine state messages
(ComMS_Sys1-
7) from master ECU
1378 523919 2 6-9-4 Sensor airpump pressure; plausibility Sensor air pump airpressure; plausibility error
error
1379 523920 2 7-1-6 Sensor exhaustgas back pressure; plau- Sensor exhaust gas back pressure burner;
sibility error plausibility error
1380 3253 2 6-9-2 Sensor differential pressure (DPF); plau- Sensor differential pressure (DPF); plausibility
1381 164 2 8-3-9 Rail pressure safety function is not exe- Rail pressure safety function is not executed
cuted correctly correctly
1389 523922 5 7-1-5 Burner Shut Off Valve; open load Burner Shut Off Valve; open load
1390 523922 12 7-1-5 Over temperature error on burner shut of Burner Shut Off Valve; powerstage over tem-
valve perature
1392 523922 4 7-1-5 Burner shut of valve; short circuit to Burner Shut Off Valve; short circuit to ground
ground
1395 523921 2 7-1-4 Sensor burner temperature; plausibility Sensor burner temperature; plausibility error
error
1398 1136 0 6-8-1 Physikal range check high for ECU tem- Physikal range check high for ECU tempera-
perature ture
1399 1136 1 6-8-1 Physikal range check low for ECU tem- Physikal range check low for ECU temperature
perature
D 23.18 72
1400 1136 3 6-8-1 Sensor error ECU temperature; signal Sensor error ECU temperature; signal range
1401 1136 4 6-8-1 Sensor error ECU temperature; signal Sensor error ECU temperature; signal range
1402 4769 2 6-8-4 Sensor exhaust gas temperature (DOC) Sensor exhaust gas temperature OxiCat down-
downstream; plausibility error stream (normal operation); plausibility error
1403 4769 2 6-8-4 Sensor exhaust gas temperature (DOC) Sensor exhaust gas temperature OxiCat down-
downstream; plausibility error stream (regeneration); plausibility error
1404 3248 2 6-8-5 Sensor exhaust gas temperature down- Sensor exhaust gas temperature downstream
stream DPF; plausibility error DPF; plausibility error
1405 3248 0 6-8-5 Exhaust gas temperature particulate filter Physical range check high for exhaust gas tem-
downstream; out of range, system reac- perature particulate filter downstream
tion initiated
downstream; out of range, system reac- perature particulate filter downstream; shut off
tion initiated regeneration
downstream; out of range, system reac- perature particulate filter downstream; warning
tion initiated
1408 3248 1 6-8-5 Exhaust gas temperature particulate filter Physical range check low for exhaust gas tem-
tion initiated
1409 3248 1 6-8-5 Exhaust gas temperature particulate filter Physikal range check low for exhaust gas tem-
1410 3248 1 6-8-5 Exhaust gas temperature particulate filter Physical range check low for exhaust gas tem-
tion initiated
1411 1188 11 8-1-4 Turbo charger wastegate actuator; inter- Wastegate actuator; internal error
nal error
1412 1188 11 8-1-4 Turbo charger wastegate actuator; inter- Wastegate actuator; EOL calibration not per-
nal error formed correctly
1413 1188 13 8-1-4 Wastegate actuator calibration deviation Wastegate actuator calibration deviation too
too large, recalibration required large, recalibration required
1414 1188 2 8-1-4 Wastegate; status message from ECU Wastegate; status message from ECU missing
missing
1415 1188 7 8-1-4 Wastegate actuator; blocked Wastegate actuator; blocked
1416 1188 11 8-1-4 Turbo charger wastegate actuator; inter- Wastegate actuator; over temperature (>
nal error 145°C)
1417 1188 11 8-1-4 Turbo charger wastegate actuator; inter- Wastegate actuator; over temperature (>
nal error 135°C)
1418 1188 11 8-1-4 Turbo charger wastegate actuator; inter- Wastegate actuator; operating voltage error
nal error
D 23.18 73
1431 524028 2 8-1-5 CAN message PROEGRActr; plausibil- CAN message PROEGRActr; plausibility error
ity error
1432 524029 2 8-1-5 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame ComE-
ComEGRActr - exhaust gas recircula- GRActr - exhaust gas recirculation positioner
tion positioner
1436 524034 5 8-1-6 Disc Separator; open load Disc Separator; open load
1437 524034 12 8-1-6 Disc Separator; powerstage over tem- Disc Separator; powerstage over temperature
perature
1438 524034 3 8-1-6 Disc separator; short circuit to battery Disc separator; short circuit to battery
1439 524034 4 8-1-6 Disc separator; short circuit to ground Disc separator; short circuit to ground
1440 524030 7 EGR actuator; internal error EGR actuator; internal error
1441 524031 13 EGR actuator; calibration error EGR actuator; calibration error
1442 524032 2 EGR actuator; status message "EGR- EGR actuator; status message "EGRCust" is
Cust" is missing missing
1443 524033 7 EGR actuator; due to overload in Save EGR actuator; due to overload in Save Mode
Mode
1444 2621 5 Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); open
open load load
1445 2621 12 Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); power-
powerstage over temperature stage over temperature
1446 2621 3 Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); short
1447 2621 4 Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); short
1448 175 0 1-4-4 Oil temperature; out of range, system High customer oil temperature; warning thresh-
reaction initiated old exceeded
1449 175 0 1-4-4 Oil temperature; out of range, system High customer oil temperature; shut off thresh-
1453 411 0 Differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR); Differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR); warn-
warning threshold exceeded ing threshold exceeded
1454 411 1 Differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR); Differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR); shut off
shut off threshold exceeded threshold exceeded
1455 3711 12 Regeneration temperature (PFltRgn Ligt- Regeneration temperature (PFltRgn LigtOff)
Off) not reached; regeneration aborted not reached; regeneration aborted
1457 524055 4 Spark Plug Control Unit (SPCU); short Spark Plug Control Unit (SPCU); short circuit to
D 23.18 74
1458 523960 0 7-7-1 Exhaust gas temperature EGR down- High exhaust gas temperature EGR cooler
stream; out of range, system reaction ini- downstream; warning threshold exceeded
tiated
1459 523960 1 7-7-1 Exhaust gas temperature EGR down- High exhaust gas temperature EGR cooler
stream; out of range, system reaction ini- downstream; shut off threshold exceeded
tiated
1460 1180 0 8-1-4 Exhaust gas temperature turbine Turbocharger Wastegate CAN feedback; warn-
upstream; out of range, system reaction ing threshold exceeded
initiated
1461 1180 1 8-1-4 Exhaust gas temperature turbine Turbocharger Wastegate CAN feedback; shut
upstream; out of range, system reaction off threshold exceeded
initiated
1462 1180 0 5-5-6 Exhaust gas temperature turbine Exhaust gas temperature upstream turbine;
upstream; out of range, system reaction warning threshold exceeded
initiated
1463 1180 1 5-5-6 Exhaust gas temperature turbine Exhaust gas temperature upstream turbine;
upstream; out of range, system reaction shut off threshold exceeded
initiated
1474 524037 5 Ashlamp; open load Ashlamp; open load
1475 84 2 5-2-1 Sensor vehicle speed; plausibility error Sensor vehicle speed; plausibility error
1477 524037 3 Ashlamp; short circuit to battery Ashlamp; short circuit to battery
1478 524037 4 Ashlamp; short circuit to ground Ashlamp; short circuit to ground
1479 524062 12 EAT-system HMI disrupted Regeneration inhibit switch not available; Com-
InhSwtNA
1480 524062 12 EAT-system HMI disrupted Regeneration release switch not available;
ComRegSwtNA
1481 524025 5 DPF system; operating voltage error DPF system; operating voltage error
1482 524044 9 CAN message ComMS_Sys7 not CAN message ComMS_Sys7 not received
received from slave from slave
1483 523632 2 Metering control is not performed in time Metering control is not performed in time error
error
1484 524068 2 Master ECU and Slave ECU have been Master ECU and Slave ECU have been identi-
identified as the same types fied as the same types
1485 524052 11 MS ECU reported internal error Master ECU and Slave ECU data sets or soft-
ware are not identical
1486 523718 5 SCR mainrelay; open load (only CV56B) SCR mainrelay; open load (only CV56B)
1487 523718 12 SCR mainrelay; powerstage over tem- SCR mainrelay; powerstage over temperature
perature (only CV56B) (only CV56B)
1488 523718 3 SCR mainrelay; short circuit to battery SCR mainrelay; short circuit to battery (only
(only CV56B) CV56B)
1489 523718 4 SCR mainrelay; short circuit to ground SCR mainrelay; short circuit to ground (only
(only CV56B) CV56B)
1490 4376 5 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; open load SCR reversing valve; open load
1491 4376 12 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; over temperature SCR reversing valve; over temperature
D 23.18 75
1493 4376 4 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; short circuit to SCR reversing valve; short circuit to ground
ground
1494 2659 0 Physical range check high for EGR mass Physical range check high for EGR mass flow
flow
1495 2659 1 Physical range check low for EGR mass Physical range check low for EGR mass flow
flow
1496 2659 11 Exhaust gas recirculation; EGR mass Exhaust gas recirculation; EGR mass flow;
flow; shut off demand shut off demand
1505 524057 2 Electric fuel pump; fuel pressure build up Electric fuel pump; fuel pressure build up error
error
1523 2659 2 Exhaust gas recirculation AGS sensor; Exhaust gas recirculation AGS sensor; plausi-
1524 2659 0 Physical range check high for EGR Physical range check high for EGR exhaust
exhaust gas mass flow gas mass flow
1525 2659 1 Physical range check low for EGR Physical range check low for EGR exhaust gas
exhaust gas mass flow mass flow
1526 2659 12 Exhaust gas recirculation; AGS sensor Exhaust gas recirculation; AGS sensor has
has "burn off" not performed "burn off" not performed
1527 2659 2 AGS sensor temperature exhaust gas AGS sensor temperature exhaust gas mass
mass flow; plausibility error flow; plausibility error
1615 3699 14 Maximum stand-still-duration reached; Maximum stand-still-duration reached; oil

oil exchange required exchange required
1616 3699 2 DPF differential pressure sensor and a DPF differential pressure sensor and a further
further sensor or actuator CRT system sensor or actuator CRT system defective
defective
1617 3699 2 Temperature sensor us. and ds. DOC Temperature sensor us. and ds. DOC simulta-
simultaneously defect neously defect
1659 524114 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame A1DOC

A1DOC
1660 524115 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame AT1S

AT1S
1661 524116 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame SCR2

SCR2
1662 524117 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame SCR3

SCR3
1663 524097 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame

DPFBrnAirPmpCtl DPFBrnAirPmpCtl
1664 524098 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame ComD-

ComDPFBrnPT PFBrnPT
1665 524099 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame

ComDPFC0 ComDPFC1

ComDPFHisDat PFHisDat

ComDPFTstMon PFTstMon
D 23.18 76
1668 524105 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame ComE-

ComEGRMsFlw GRMsFlw
1669 524108 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame ComE-

ComEGRTVActr GRTVActr
1670 524110 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame ComET-

ComETVActr VActr
1671 524112 9 Timeout ComITVActr Timeout ComITVActr

ComRxCM0 ComRxCM1

ComRxCustSCR2 ComRxCustSCR3
1674 524102 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Com-

ComRxDPFBrnAirPmpCtl RxDPFBrnAirPmpCtl

ComRxDPFBrnAirPmp RxDPFBrnAirPmp

ComRxDPFCtl RxDPFCtl

ComRxEGRMsFlw1 ComRxEGRMsFlw1

1679 524109 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame ComRx-

ComRxEGRTVActr EGRTVActr

ComRxETVActr ETVActr

ComRxITVActr ITVActr

ComRxSCRHtDiag SCRHtDiag

ComRxTrbChActr TrbChActr

ComRxUQSens UQSens

ComSCRHtCtl SCRHtCtl

ComTxAT1IMG ComTxAT1IMG
1687 524125 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame ComTx-

ComTxTrbChActr TrbChActr
932 3 1-2-6 Handthrottle; signal out of range, short Handthrottle idle validation switch; short circuit
circuit to battery to battery
936 3 2-2-6 Handthrottle; signal out of range, short Sesnor error handthrottle; signal range check
circuit to battery high
D 23.18 77
937 4 1-2-6 Handthrottle; signal out of range, short Handthrottle idle validation switch; short circuit
circuit to ground to ground
941 4 2-2-6 Handthrottle; signal out of range, short Sensor error handthrottle sensor; signal range
circuit to ground check low
1019 3 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8);
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error short circuit to battery
1024 3 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Position sensor error of actuator EGR-Valve
range check high
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error short circuit to ground
1025 4 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Position sensor error actuator EGR-Valve
range check low
1232 4 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Throttle-
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error Valve (6.1,7.8); Voltage below threshold
1017 5 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Actuator EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Throttle-Valve
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error (6.1,7.8); over current
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error Valve (6.1,7.8); Overload by short-circuit
1016 7 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Actuator position for EGR-Valve (2.9,3.6) or
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8) not plausible
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error Valve (6.1,7.8); Power stage overtemperature
due to high current
D 23.18 78
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error (6.1,7.8); powerstage over temperature
1021 12 5-9-4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Mechanical actuator defect EGR-Valve
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error (2.9,3.6) or Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8)
Throttle-Valve (6.1,7.8); internal error (6.1,7.8); over temperature
1475 2 5-2-1 Sensor vehicle speed; plausibility error Sensor vehicle speed; plausibility error
935 3 2-2-6 Sensor error accelerator pedal; signal Sensor error accelerator pedal; signal range
940 4 2-2-6 Sensor error accelerator pedal; signal Sensor error accelerator pedal; signal range
976 11 2-2-6 Plausibility error between APP1 and Plausibility error between APP1 and APP2 or
APP2 or APP1 and idle switch APP1 and idle switch
474 1 2-1-6 Low fuel pressure; system reaction initi- Low fuel pressure; warning threshold exceeded
ated
475 1 2-1-6 Low fuel pressure; system reaction initi- Low fuel pressure; shut off threshold exceeded
ated
472 3 2-1-6 Sensor error low fuel pressure; signal Sensor error low fuel pressure; signal range
473 4 2-1-6 Sensor error low fuel pressure; signal Sensor error low fuel pressure; signal range
464 3 2-2-8 Sensor error water in fuel; signal range Sensor error water in fuel; signal range check
check high high
465 4 2-2-8 Sensor error water in fuel; signal range Sensor error water in fuel; signal range check
check low low
1157 12 2-2-8 Water in fuel level prefilter; maximum Water in fuel level prefilter; maximum value
value exceeded exceeded
734 0 2-3-1 High oil pressure; system reaction initi- High oil pressure; warning threshold exceeded
ated
735 0 2-3-1 High oil pressure; system reaction initi- High oil pressure; shut off threshold exceeded
ated
736 1 2-3-1 Low oil pressure; system reaction initi- Low oil pressure; warning threshold exceeded
ated
737 1 2-3-1 Low oil pressure; system reaction initi- Low oil pressure; shut off threshold exceeded
ated
732 3 2-2-4 Sensor error oil pressure; signal range Sensor error oil pressure; signal range check
check high high
733 4 2-2-4 Sensor error oil pressure sensor; signal Sensor error oil pressure sensor; signal range
88 2 2-2-3 Charged air pressure; system reaction Charged air pressure above warning threshold
initiated
89 2 2-2-3 Charged air pressure; system reaction Charged air pressure above shut off threshold
initiated
D 23.18 79
776 3 2-2-3 Sensor error charged air pressure; signal Sensor error charged air pressure; signal range
777 4 2-2-3 Sensor error charged air pressure; signal Sensor error charged air pressure; signal range
996 0 2-3-3 Charged air cooler temperature; system High charged air cooler temperature; warning
997 0 2-3-3 Charged air cooler temperature; system High charged air cooler temperature; shut off
994 3 1-2-8 Sensor error charged air temperature; Sensor error charged air temperature; signal
995 4 1-2-8 Sensor error charged air temperature; Sensor error charged air temperature; signal
752 0 1-3-6 Air filter differential pressure; system High air filter differential pressure; warning
750 3 1-3-6 Sensor error airfilter differential pressure; Sensor error airfilter differential pressure; short
751 4 1-3-6 Sensor error airfilter differential pressure; Sensor error airfilter differential pressure; short
412 3 2-9-2 Sensor error ambient air pressure; signal Sensor error ambient air pressure; signal range
413 4 2-9-2 Sensor error ambient air pressure; signal Sensor error ambient air pressure; signal range
98 0 2-3-2 Coolant temperature; system reaction High coolant temperature; warning threshold
initiated exceeded
99 0 2-3-2 Coolant temperature; system reaction High coolant temperature; shut off threshold
initiated exceeded
96 3 2-2-5 Sensor error coolant temperature; signal Sensor error coolant temperature; signal range
97 4 2-2-5 Sensor error coolant temperature; signal Sensor error coolant temperature; signal range
101 1 2-3-5 Coolant level too low Coolant level too low
1 11 2-2-6 Air flow sensor; sensor error Air flow sensor load correction factor exceeding
the maximum drift limit; plausibility error
drift limit; plausibility error
3 11 2-2-6 Air flow sensor; sensor error Air flow sensor low idle correction factor
exceeding the maximum drift limit
the maximum drift limit
877 3 1-4-7 Sesnor error rail pressure; signal range Sesnor error rail pressure; signal range check
check high high
878 4 1-4-7 Sensor error rail pressure; signal range Sensor error rail pressure; signal range check
check low low
D 23.18 80
1381 2 8-3-9 Rail pressure safety function is not exe- Rail pressure safety function is not executed
cuted correctly correctly
1180 0 3-1-8 Physikal range check high for battery Physikal range check high for battery voltage
voltage
1181 1 3-1-8 Physikal range check low for battery volt- Physikal range check low for battery voltage
age
47 2 3-1-8 Battery voltage; system reaction initiated High battery voltage; warning threshold
exceeded
48 2 3-1-8 Battery voltage; system reaction initiated Low battery voltage; warning threshold
exceeded
45 3 3-1-8 Sensor error battery voltage; signal Sensor error battery voltage; signal range
46 4 3-1-8 Sensor error battery voltage; signal Sensor error battery voltage; signal range
417 3 3-1-2 Sensor error environment temperature; Sensor error environment temperature; signal
418 4 3-1-2 Sensor error environment temperature; Sensor error environment temperature; signal
1182 0 2-2-6 Physical range check high for intake air Physical range check high for intake air tem-
temperature perature
1183 1 2-2-6 Physical range check low for intake air Physical range check low for intake air temper-
temperature ature
9 2 2-2-6 Sensor ambient air temperature; plausi- Sensor ambient air temperature; plausibility
bility error error
983 2 2-2-6 Intake air sensor; plausibility error Intake air sensor; plausibility error
981 3 2-2-6 Sensor error intake air; signal range Sensor error intake air; signal range check high
check high
982 4 2-2-6 Sensor error intake air sensor; signal Sensor error intake air sensor; signal range
481 0 2-3-7 High low fuel temperature; system reac- High low fuel temperature; warning threshold
482 0 2-3-7 High Low fuel temperature; system reac- High Low fuel temperature; shut off threshold
740 0 1-4-4 Oil temperature; out of range, system Physical range check high for oil temperature
reaction initiated
745 0 1-4-4 Oil temperature; out of range, system High oil temperature; warning threshold
746 0 1-4-4 Oil temperature; out of range, system High oil temperature; shut off threshold
1448 0 1-4-4 Oil temperature; out of range, system High customer oil temperature; warning thresh-
1449 0 1-4-4 Oil temperature; out of range, system High customer oil temperature; shut off thresh-
D 23.18 81
741 1 1-4-4 Physical range check low for oil tempera- Physical range check low for oil temperature
ture
738 2 1-4-4 Oil temperature; plausibility error Sensor oil temperature; plausibility error
739 2 1-4-4 Oil temperature; plausibility error Sensor oil temperature; plausibility error oil
temperature too high
1171 2 1-4-4 Oil temperature; plausibility error Customer oiltemperature: signal unplausible
743 3 1-4-4 Sensor error oil temperature; signal Sensor error oil temperature; signal range
744 4 1-4-4 Sensor error oil temperature; signal Sensor error oil temperature; signal range
388 0 2-1-4 Engine speed above warning threshold Overspeed detection in component engine pro-
(FOC-Level 1) tection
389 0 2-1-4 Engine speed above warning threshold Engine speed above warning threshold (FOC-
421 2 2-1-3 Offset angle between crank- and cam- Offset angle between crank- and camshaft sen-
shaft sensor is too large sor is too large
419 8 2-1-2 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Sensor camshaft speed; disturbed signal
rupted
422 8 2-1-2 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Sensor crankshaft speed; disturbed signal
rupted
390 11 2-1-4 Engine speed above warning threshold Engine speed above warning threshold (FOC-
420 12 2-1-2 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Sensor camshaft speed; no signal
rupted
423 12 2-1-2 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Sensor crankshaft speed; no signal
rupted
391 14 2-1-4 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Engine speed above warning threshold (Over-
rupted run Mode)
1222 14 2-1-2 Speed detection; out of range, signal dis- Camshaft- and Crankshaft speed sensor signal
rupted not available on CAN
791 0 6-9-3 Physical range check high for differential Physical range check high for differential pres-
1453 0 Differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR); Differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR); warn-
warning threshold exceeded ing threshold exceeded
792 1 6-9-3 Physical range check low for differential Physical range check low for differential pres-
1454 1 Differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR); Differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR); shut off
shut off threshold exceeded threshold exceeded
794 2 6-9-3 Sensor differential pressure Venturiunit Sensor differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR);
(EGR); CAN signal invalid CAN signal invalid
795 3 6-9-3 Sensor error differential pressure Ventu- Sensor error differential pressure Venturiunit
riunit (EGR); signal range check high (EGR); signal range check high
381 4 Physical range check low for EGR differ- Physical range check low for EGR differential
ential pressure pressure
D 23.18 82
796 4 6-9-3 Sensor error differential pressure Ventu- Sensor error differential pressure Venturiunit
riunit (EGR); signal range check low (EGR); signal range check low
793 11 6-9-3 Sensor differential pressure Venturiunit Sensor differential pressure Venturiunit (EGR);
(EGR); plausibility error plausibility error
1009 2 6-8-2 Sensor exhaust gas temperature Ventu- Sensor exhaust gas temperature Venturiunit
1007 3 6-8-2 Sensor error EGR cooler downstream Sensor error EGR cooler downstream temper-
temperature; signal range check high ature; signal range check high
1008 4 6-8-2 Sensor error EGR cooler downstream Sensor error EGR cooler downstream temper-
306 9 1-1-9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame

TSC1TR; Setpoint TSC1TR; Setpoint
49 2 3-2-1 Break lever mainswitch and break lever Break lever mainswitch and break lever redun-
redundancyswitch status not plausible dancyswitch status not plausible
971 3 5-1-3 SVS lamp; short circuit to battery SVS lamp; short circuit to battery
972 4 5-1-3 SVS lamp; short circuit to ground SVS lamp; short circuit to ground
969 5 5-1-3 SVS lamp; open load SVS lamp; open load
970 12 5-1-3 SVS lamp; powerstage over temperature SVS lamp; powerstage over temperature
376 12 2-8-1 Access error EEPROM Access error EEPROM memory (delete)
377 12 2-8-1 Access error EEPROM Access error EEPROM memory (read)
378 12 2-8-1 Access error EEPROM Access error EEPROM memory (write)
84 14 2-7-1 CAN-Bus 0 "BusOff-Status" CAN-Bus 0 "BusOff-Status"
580 3 1-5-4 Injector 1 (in firing order); short circuit Injector 1 (in firing order); short circuit
586 4 1-5-4 High side to low side short circuit in the High side to low side short circuit in the injector
568 5 1-5-4 Injector 1 (in firing order); interruption of Injector 1 (in firing order); interruption of electric
D 23.18 83
543 11 2-6-3 Cold start aid relay; open load, relay Cold start aid relay error.
error.
544 11 2-6-3 Cold start aid relay; open load, relay Cold start aid relay open load
error.
956 3 5-1-2 Starter relay; short circuit Starter relay high side; short circuit to battery
960 3 5-1-2 Starter relay; short circuit Starter relay low side; short circuit to battery
957 4 5-1-2 Starter relay; short circuit Starter relay high side; short circuit to ground
961 4 5-1-2 Starter relay; short circuit Starter relay low side; short circuit to ground
958 5 5-1-2 Starter relay; no load error Starter relay; no load error
959 12 5-1-2 Starter relay; powerstage over tempera- Starter relay; powerstage over temperature
ture
426 3 1-4-2 Engine running lamp; short circuit to bat- Engine running lamp; short circuit to battery
tery
427 4 1-4-2 Engine running lamp; short circuit to Engine running lamp; short circuit to ground
ground
424 5 1-4-2 Engine running lamp; open load Engine running lamp; open load
425 12 1-4-2 Engine running lamp; powerstage over Engine running lamp; powerstage over temper-
temperature ature
545 5 2-6-3 Cold start aid relay open load Cold start aid relay open load
547 12 2-6-3 Cold start aid relay; over temperature Cold start aid relay; over temperature error
error

TSC1TE; Setpoint TSC1TE; Setpoint
452 3 2-2-8 Fan control; short circuit to battery Digital fan control; short circuit to battery
457 3 2-2-8 Fan control; short circuit to battery Fan actuator (PWM output); short circuit to bat-
tery
453 4 2-2-8 Fan control; short circuit to ground Digital fan control; short circuit to ground
458 4 2-2-8 Fan control; short circuit to ground Fan actuator (PWM output); short circuit to
ground
D 23.18 84
450 5 2-2-8 Fan control; open load Digital fan control; open load
455 5 2-2-8 Fan control; open load Fan actuator (PWM output); open load
451 12 2-2-8 Fan control; internal error Digital fan control; powerstage over tempera-
ture
456 12 2-2-8 Fan control; internal error Fan actuator (PWM output); powerstage over
temperature
946 13 2-8-2 Sensor supply voltage monitor 1 error Sensor supply voltage monitor 1 error (ECU)
(ECU)
(ECU)
121 2 3-4-1 Engine shut off demand ignored Engine shut off demand ignored
1398 0 6-8-1 Physikal range check high for ECU tem- Physikal range check high for ECU tempera-
perature ture
1399 1 6-8-1 Physikal range check low for ECU tem- Physikal range check low for ECU temperature
perature
1400 3 6-8-1 Sensor error ECU temperature; signal Sensor error ECU temperature; signal range
1401 4 6-8-1 Sensor error ECU temperature; signal Sensor error ECU temperature; signal range
849 3 6-8-0 Sensor error pressure sensor upstream Sensor error pressure sensor upstream tur-
turbine; signal range check high bine; signal range check high
850 4 6-8-0 Sensor error pressure sensor down- Sensor error pressure sensor downstream tur-
stream turbine; signal range check high bine; signal range check high
1193 0 Exhaust gas temperature upstream tur- Physical range check high for exhaust gas tem-
ated
1460 0 8-1-4 Exhaust gas temperature turbine Turbocharger Wastegate CAN feedback; warn-
upstream; out of range, system reaction ing threshold exceeded
initiated
1462 0 5-5-6 Exhaust gas temperature turbine Exhaust gas temperature upstream turbine;
upstream; out of range, system reaction warning threshold exceeded
initiated
1194 1 Exhaust gas temperature upstream tur- Physical range check low for exhaust gas tem-
ated
1461 1 8-1-4 Exhaust gas temperature turbine Turbocharger Wastegate CAN feedback; shut
upstream; out of range, system reaction off threshold exceeded
initiated
1463 1 5-5-6 Exhaust gas temperature turbine Exhaust gas temperature upstream turbine;
upstream; out of range, system reaction shut off threshold exceeded
initiated
1067 3 5-5-6 Sensor error exhaust gas temperature Sensor error exhaust gas temperature
upstream turbine; signal range check upstream turbine; signal range check high
high
upstream turbine; signal range check low upstream turbine; signal range check low
D 23.18 85
1066 11 5-5-6 Sensor exhaust gas temperature Sensor exhaust gas temperature upstream tur-
upstream turbine; plausibility error bine; plausibility error
1414 2 8-1-4 Wastegate; status message from ECU Wastegate; status message from ECU missing
missing
1415 7 8-1-4 Wastegate actuator; blocked Wastegate actuator; blocked
1411 11 8-1-4 Turbo charger wastegate actuator; inter- Wastegate actuator; internal error
nal error
1412 11 8-1-4 Turbo charger wastegate actuator; inter- Wastegate actuator; EOL calibration not per-
nal error formed correctly
1416 11 8-1-4 Turbo charger wastegate actuator; inter- Wastegate actuator; over temperature (>
nal error 145°C)
1417 11 8-1-4 Turbo charger wastegate actuator; inter- Wastegate actuator; over temperature (>
nal error 135°C)
1418 11 8-1-4 Turbo charger wastegate actuator; inter- Wastegate actuator; operating voltage error
nal error
1413 13 8-1-4 Wastegate actuator calibration deviation Wastegate actuator calibration deviation too
too large, recalibration required large, recalibration required
82 14 2-7-1 CAN Bus error passive; warning CAN C CAN Bus error passive; warning CAN C
747 2 1-4-5 Override switch; plausibility error Override switch; plausibility error
610 12 2-4-1 Too many recognized misfires in more Too many recognized misfires in more than
than one cylinder one cylinder
604 12 2-4-1 Too many recognized misfires in cylinder Too many recognized misfires in cylinder 1 (in
460 0 2-2-8 Sensor error fan speed; signal range Sensor error fan speed; signal range check
check high high
461 1 2-2-8 Sensor error fan speed; signal range Sensor error fan speed; signal range check
check low low
1074 14 6-7-0 Urea tank level; warning threshold Urea tank level; warning threshold exceeded
exceeded
1446 3 Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); short
D 23.18 86
1447 4 Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); short
1444 5 Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); open
open load load
1445 12 Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); Flush valve burner (EPV DPF-System); power-
powerstage over temperature stage over temperature
1494 0 Physical range check high for EGR mass Physical range check high for EGR mass flow
flow
1524 0 Physical range check high for EGR Physical range check high for EGR exhaust
exhaust gas mass flow gas mass flow
1495 1 Physical range check low for EGR mass Physical range check low for EGR mass flow
flow
1525 1 Physical range check low for EGR Physical range check low for EGR exhaust gas
exhaust gas mass flow mass flow
1523 2 Exhaust gas recirculation AGS sensor; Exhaust gas recirculation AGS sensor; plausi-
1527 2 AGS sensor temperature exhaust gas AGS sensor temperature exhaust gas mass
mass flow; plausibility error flow; plausibility error
1496 11 Exhaust gas recirculation; EGR mass Exhaust gas recirculation; EGR mass flow;
flow; shut off demand shut off demand
1526 12 Exhaust gas recirculation; AGS sensor Exhaust gas recirculation; AGS sensor has
has "burn off" not performed "burn off" not performed
385 3 4-1-4 Actuator EGR Valve; short circuit to bat- Actuator EGR Valve; short circuit to battery
tery
386 4 4-1-4 Actuator EGR Valve; short circuit to Actuator EGR Valve; short circuit to ground
ground
383 5 4-1-5 Actuator EGR Valve; open load Actuator EGR Valve; open load
384 12 4-1-5 Actuator EGR Valve; powerstage over Actuator EGR Valve; powerstage over temper-
temperature ature
1337 4 Injector diagnostics; timeout error of Injector diagnostics; timeout error of short cir-
Bank 0
1338 4 Injector diagnostics; timeout error of Injector diagnostics; timeout error of short cir-
Bank 1
1339 4 Injector diagnostics; short circuit Bank 0, Injector diagnostics; short circuit to ground
1340 4 Injector diagnostics; short circuit Bank 0, Injector diagnostics; short circuit to ground
1135 0 6-6-9 AdBlue-Tank temperature: maximum AdBlue-Tank temperature: maximum

exceeded exceeded
1136 1 6-6-9 DEF-Tank temperature: below minimum DEF-Tank temperature: below minimum
1138 3 6-6-9 Sensor error urea tank temperature; Sensor error urea tank temperature; short cir-
short circuit to battery cuit to battery
D 23.18 87
1139 4 6-6-9 Sensor error urea tank temperature; Sensor error urea tank temperature; short cir-
short circuit to ground cuit to ground
889 1 8-0-8 Nox sensor upstream of SCR Catalysa- Nox sensor upstream of SCR Catalysator; low
tor; low signal not plausible signal not plausible
127 2 5-9-6 NOx Sensor; CAN DLC error DLC Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AT1IG1
rect
129 2 5-9-6 NOx Sensor; CAN DLC error DLC Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AT1IG1Vol
rect
128 9 5-9-7 NOx Sensor; CAN Timeout Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AT1IG1;
NOX sensor upstream
130 9 5-9-7 NOx Sensor; CAN Timeout Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame

AT1IG1Vol; NOX sensor (SCR-system
upstream cat; DPF- system downstream cat)
138 2 6-0-0 NOx Sensor; CAN DLC error DLC Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AT1O1Vol
NOX Sensor (SCR-system downstream cat;
DPF- system downstream cat); length of frame
incorrect

AT1OG1; NOX sensor (SCR-system down-
stream cat; DPF- system downstream cat)

AT1OG1Vol; NOX sensor (SCR-system down-
stream cat; DPF-system downstream cat)
887 11 8-0-7 Nox Sensor downstream of SCR Cataly- Nox Sensor downstream of SCR Catalysator;
sator; plausibility error "stuk in range" plausibility error "stuk in range"
905 0 8-8-3 Sensor SCR catalyst upstream tempera- Sensor SCR catalyst upstream temperature
ture too high; plausibility error too high; plausibility error
906 1 8-8-4 Sensor SCR catalyst upstream tempera- Sensor SCR catalyst upstream temperature
ture too low; plausibility error too low; plausibility error
1405 0 6-8-5 Exhaust gas temperature particulate filter Physical range check high for exhaust gas tem-
tion initiated
tion initiated
1408 1 6-8-5 Exhaust gas temperature particulate filter Physical range check low for exhaust gas tem-
tion initiated
1409 1 6-8-5 Exhaust gas temperature particulate filter Physikal range check low for exhaust gas tem-
D 23.18 88
1410 1 6-8-5 Exhaust gas temperature particulate filter Physical range check low for exhaust gas tem-
tion initiated
1404 2 6-8-5 Sensor exhaust gas temperature down- Sensor exhaust gas temperature downstream
stream DPF; plausibility error DPF; plausibility error
1047 4 6-8-5 Sensor error particle filter downstream Sensor error particle filter downstream temper-
809 0 6-9-2 Physical range check high for differential Physical range check high for differential pres-
812 1 6-9-2 Physical range check low for differential Physical range check low for differential pres-
807 2 6-9-2 Sensor differential pressure (DPF); plau- Sensor differential pressure (DPF); plausibility
sibility error error regarding signal offset
1380 2 6-9-2 Sensor differential pressure (DPF); plau- Sensor differential pressure (DPF); plausibility
814 3 6-9-2 Sensor error differential pressure (DPF); Sensor error differential pressure (DPF); signal
815 4 6-9-2 Sensor error differential pressure (DPF); Sensor error differential pressure (DPF); signal
1077 3 6-7-7 Urea dosing valve; short circuit to battery Urea dosing valve; short circuit to battery on
high side
1078 3 6-7-7 Urea dosing valve; short circuit to battery Urea dosing valve; short circuit to battery or
open load on high side
1079 4 6-7-7 Urea dosing valve; short circuit to ground Urea dosing valve; short circuit to ground or
open load on low side
1080 4 6-7-7 Urea dosing valve; short circuit to ground Urea dosing valve; short circuit on high side
908 7 8-8-6 AdBlue dosing valve blocked (SCR) AdBlue dosing valve blocked (SCR)
943 3 6-7-0 Sensor error urea tank level; signal Sensor error urea tank level; signal range
945 4 6-7-0 Sensor error urea tank level; signal Sensor error urea tank level; signal range
1616 2 DPF differential pressure sensor and a DPF differential pressure sensor and a further
further sensor or actuator CRT system sensor or actuator CRT system defective
defective
1617 2 Temperature sensor us. and ds. DOC Temperature sensor us. and ds. DOC simulta-
simultaneously defect neously defect
1615 14 Maximum stand-still-duration reached; Maximum stand-still-duration reached; oil

oil exchange required exchange required
1455 12 Regeneration temperature (PFltRgn Ligt- Regeneration temperature (PFltRgn LigtOff)

Off) not reached; regeneration aborted not reached; regeneration aborted
1089 11 7-8-3 SCR system heater diagnostic reports SCR system heater diagnostic reports error;
error; shut off SCR-system shut off SCR-system
1122 0 6-6-5 Urea pump pressure; out of range Physical range check high for Urea Pump
Pressure
D 23.18 89
1124 0 6-6-5 Urea pump pressure; out of range Urea pump pressure sensor; high signal not
plusible
1123 1 6-6-5 Urea pump pressure; out of range Physical range check low for Urea Pump Pres-
sure
1125 1 6-6-5 Urea pump pressure; out of range Urea pump pressure sensor; low signal not
plausible
1127 3 6-6-5 Sensor error urea pump pressure; signal Sensor error urea pump pressure; signal range
1128 4 6-6-5 Sensor error urea pump pressure; signal Sensor error urea pump pressure; signal range
1104 3 6-7-5 SCR-heater urea supplyline; short circuit SCR-heater urea supplyline; short circuit to
to battery battery
1105 4 6-7-5 SCR-heater urea supplyline; short circuit SCR-heater urea supplyline; short circuit to
to ground ground
1086 5 6-7-5 SCR heater relay urea supplyline; open SCR heater relay urea supplyline secondary
1102 5 6-7-5 SCR heater relay urea supplyline; open SCR heater relay urea supplyline primary side;
load open load
1096 3 6-7-3 SCR heater urea pressureline; short cir- SCR heater urea pressureline; short circuit to
1097 4 6-7-3 SCR heater urea pressureline; short cir- SCR heater urea pressureline; short circuit to
1083 5 6-7-3 SCR heater relay urea pressureline; SCR heater relay urea pressureline secondary
1094 5 6-7-3 SCR heater relay urea pressureline; SCR heater relay urea pressureline primary
893 11 8-7-1 General pressure check error (SCR) General pressure check error (SCR)
1092 3 6-7-4 SCR heater urea returnline; short circuit SCR heater urea returnline; short circuit to bat-
to battery tery
1093 4 6-7-4 SCR heater urea returnline; short circuit SCR heater urea returnline; short circuit to
to ground ground
1081 5 6-7-4 SCR heater relay urea returnline; open SCR heater relay urea returnline sekondary
1090 5 6-7-4 SCR heater relay urea returnline; open SCR heater relay urea returnline primary side;
load open load
892 11 8-7-0 Sensor backflow line pressure (SCR); Sensor backflow line pressure (SCR); plausibil-
plausibility error ity error
1069 0 6-6-8 Physical range check high for urea cata- Physical range check high for urea catalyst
lyst upstream temperature upstream temperature
1070 1 6-6-8 Physical range low for urea catalyst Physical range low for urea catalyst upstream
upstream temperature temperature
1072 3 6-6-8 Sensor error urea catalyst exhaust gas Sensor error urea catalyst exhaust gas temper-
temperature upstream; signal range ature upstream; signal range check high
check high
D 23.18 90
1073 4 6-6-8 Sensor error urea catalyst exhaust gas Sensor error urea catalyst exhaust gas temper-
temperature upstream; signal range ature upstream; signal range check low
check low
903 0 8-8-1 Urea tank temperature too high Urea tank temperature too high
1112 3 6-7-1 SCR Tank heating valve; short circuit to SCR Tank heating valve; short circuit to battery
battery
1113 4 6-7-1 SCR Tank heating valve; short circuit to SCR Tank heating valve; short circuit to ground
ground
1082 5 7-6-2 SCR main relay (secondary side): open SCR main relay (secondary side): open load
load
1084 5 7-6-2 SCR main relay; short circuit SCR main relay (secondary side); Shortcut to
battery
1085 5 7-6-2 SCR main relay; short circuit SCR main relay (secondary side); shortcut to
ground
1088 5 6-7-1 SCR Tank heating valve; open load SCR Tank heating valve secundary side: open
load
1110 5 6-7-1 SCR Tank heating valve; open load SCR tank heating valve primary side; open
load
1111 12 6-7-1 SCR-heater relay urea tank powerstage SCR-heater relay urea tank powerstage output;
output; over temperature over temperature
894 13 8-7-2 Pressure stabilisation error dosing valve Pressure stabilisation error dosing valve (SCR)
(SCR)
1120 3 6-6-6 Urea pump motor; short circuit to battery Urea pump motor; short circuit to battery
1121 4 6-6-6 Urea pump motor; short circuit to ground Urea pump motor; short circuit to ground
1118 5 6-6-6 Urea pump motor; open load Urea pump motor; open load
1131 3 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; short circuit to bat- SCR reversing valve; short circuit to battery
tery
1132 4 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; short circuit to SCR reversing valve; short circuit to ground
ground
1493 4 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; short circuit to SCR reversing valve; short circuit to ground
ground
1129 5 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; open load SCR reversing valve; open load
1490 5 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; open load SCR reversing valve; open load
1130 12 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; over temperature SCR reversing valve; over temperature
1491 12 6-6-7 SCR reversing valve; over temperature SCR reversing valve; over temperature
1039 0 6-8-3 Physical range check high for exhaust Physical range check high for exhaust gas tem-
1042 1 6-8-3 Physical range check low for exhaust Physical range check low for exhaust gas tem-
1032 1 6-8-4 Physical range check low for exhaust Physical range check low for exhaust gas tem-
D 23.18 91
1036 2 6-8-3 Sensor exhaust gas temperature Sensor exhaust gas temperature upstream
upstream (DOC); plausibility error (DOC); plausibility error
upstream (DOC); signal range check upstream (DOC); signal range check high
high
upstream (DOC); signal range check low upstream (DOC); signal range check low
1026 2 6-8-4 Sensor exhaust gas temperature down- Sensor exhaust gas temperature downstream
stream (DOC); plausibility error (DOC); plausibility error
1402 2 6-8-4 Sensor exhaust gas temperature (DOC) Sensor exhaust gas temperature OxiCat down-
downstream; plausibility error stream (normal operation); plausibility error
1403 2 6-8-4 Sensor exhaust gas temperature (DOC) Sensor exhaust gas temperature OxiCat down-
downstream; plausibility error stream (regeneration); plausibility error
1034 3 6-8-4 Sensor error exhaust gas temperature Sensor error exhaust gas temperature down-
downstream (DOC); signal range check stream (DOC); signal range check high
high
1035 4 6-8-4 Sensor error exhaust gas temperature Sensor error exhaust gas temperature down-
downstream (DOC); signal range check stream (DOC); signal range check low
low
34 3 2-4-2 Controller mode switch; short circuit to Controller mode switch; short circuit to battery
battery
35 4 2-4-2 Controller mode switch; short circuit to Controller mode switch; short circuit to ground
ground
648 1 4-2-4 Manipulation control was triggered Manipulation control was triggered
649 2 4-2-4 Timeout error in Manipulation control Timeout error in Manipulation control
825 9 2-5-3 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) reached Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) reached maximun
maximun allowed opening count allowed opening count
833 10 2-5-3 Pressure relief valve (PRV) reached Pressure relief valve (PRV) reached maximun
maximun allowed open time allowed open time

ComEngPrt; Engine Protection ComEngPrt; Engine Protection
198 9 3-3-7 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame PrHt-

PrHtEnCmd; pre-heat command, engine EnCmd; pre-heat command, engine command
command
179 9 5-2-7 Timeout CAN-message FunModCtl; Timeout CAN-message FunModCtl; Function

Function Mode Control Mode Control
919 14 1-3-1 Immobilizer status; fuel blocked Immobilizer status; fuel blocked
565 4 1-5-1 Injector cylinder-bank 1; short circuit Injector cylinder-bank 1; short circuit
566 4 1-5-2 Injector cylinder-bank 2; short circuit Injector cylinder-bank 2; short circuit
567 12 1-5-3 Injector powerstage output defect Injector powerstage output defect
840 2 1-4-3 Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; plausi-
838 3 1-4-3 Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; short
D 23.18 92
839 4 1-4-3 Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; Multiple Stage Switch constant speed; short
843 2 1-4-3 Multiple Stage Switch engine speed con- Multiple Stage Switch engine speed control
trol parameter; plausibility error parameter; plausibility error
trol parameter; short circuit to battery parameter; short circuit to battery
trol parameter; short circuit to ground parameter; short circuit to ground
846 2 1-4-3 Multiple Stage Switch engine torque limi- Multiple Stage Switch engine torque limitation
tation curve; plausibility error curve; plausibility error
tation curve; short circuit to battery curve; short circuit to battery
tation curve; short circuit to ground curve; short circuit to ground
826 2 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to open;
open performed by pressure increase
827 2 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to open;
open performed by pressure shock
876 7 1-4-6 Maximum rail pressure in limp home Maximum rail pressure in limp home mode
mode exceeded (PRV) exceeded (PRV)
831 11 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) error; Rail The PRV can not be opened at this operating
pressure out of tolerance range point with a pressure shock
832 11 1-4-6 Rail pressure out of tolerance range Rail pressure out of tolerance range
828 12 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to Open Pressure Relief Valve (PRV); shut off
829 12 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) forced to Open Pressure Relief Valve (PRV); warning
830 14 1-4-6 Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) is open Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) is open
980 12 5-1-5 T50 start switch active for too long T50 start switch active for too long
(ECU)
462 0 2-2-8 Fan control; out of range, system reac- High fan speed; warning threshold exceeded
tion initiated
463 0 2-2-8 Fan control; out of range, system reac- High fan speed; shut off threshold exceeded
tion initiated
126 9 3-3-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AMB;

AMB; Ambient Temperature Sensor Ambient Temperature Sensor

TSC1AE; Traction Control TSC1AE; Traction Control

TSC1AR; Retarder TSC1AR; Retarder
387 12 5-5-5 Internal software error ECU Internal software error ECU; injection cut off
D 23.18 93
612 12 5-5-5 ECU reported internal software error Internal ECU monitoring detection reported
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
error
1170 12 5-5-5 ECU reported internal software error Internal software error ECU
973 14 5-5-5 Softwarereset CPU Softwarereset CPU SWReset_0
856 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Maximum positive deviation of rail pressure
exceeded (RailMeUn0)
857 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Maximum positive deviation of rail pressure in
858 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Railsystem leakage detected (RailMeUn10)
859 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Maximum negative deviation of rail pressure in
D 23.18 94
860 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Negative deviation of rail pressure second
stage (RailMeUn22)
862 0 1-3-4 Rail pressure disrupted Maximum rail pressure exceeded (RailMeUn4)
861 1 1-3-4 Minimum rail pressure exceeded Minimum rail pressure exceeded (RailMeUn3)
(RailMeUn3)
864 2 1-3-4 Setpoint of metering unit in overrun Setpoint of metering unit in overrun mode not
mode not plausible plausible
594 3 1-3-5 Metering unit (Fuel-System); short cir- Metering unit (Fuel-System); short circuit to
cuit to battery battery highside
cuit to battery battery low side
cuit to ground ground high side
597 4 1-3-5 Metering unit (Fuel-System); short cir- Metering Unit (Fuel-System); short circuit to
cuit to ground ground low side
592 5 1-3-5 Metering unit (Fuel-System); open load Metering unit (Fuel-System); open load
593 12 1-3-5 Metering unit (Fuel-System); powerstage Metering unit (Fuel-System); powerstage over
gas temperature upstrem (SCR-CAT) perature upstrem (SCR-CAT)
899 0 8-7-7 Pressure overload of SCR-System Pressure overload of SCR-System
900 1 8-7-8 Pressure build-up error SCR-System Pressure build-up error SCR-System
1483 2 Metering control is not performed in time Metering control is not performed in time error
error
897 16 8-7-5 Pump pressure SCR metering unit too Pump pressure SCR metering unit too high
high
898 18 8-7-6 Pump pressure SCR metering unit too Pump pressure SCR metering unit too low
low
881 11 7-0-1 Nox conversion rate insufficient Nox conversion rate insufficient (SCR-Cat
defect, bad AdBule quality)
1
2
122 11 5-9-2 Shut off request from supervisory moni- Shut off request from supervisory monitoring
toring function function
125 12 5-9-5 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Amb-

AmbCon; Weather environments Con; Weather environments
1100 3 6-7-6 SCR main relay (primary side); short cir- SCR main relay (primary side); short circuit to
1488 3 SCR mainrelay; short circuit to battery SCR mainrelay; short circuit to battery (only
(only CV56B) CV56B)
D 23.18 95
1101 4 6-7-6 SCR main relay (primary side); short cir- SCR main relay (primary side); short circuit to
1489 4 SCR mainrelay; short circuit to ground SCR mainrelay; short circuit to ground (only
(only CV56B) CV56B)
1098 5 6-7-6 SCR main relay (primary side); open SCR main relay (primary side); open load
load
1486 5 SCR mainrelay; open load (only CV56B) SCR mainrelay; open load (only CV56B)
1099 12 6-7-6 SCR main relay (primary side); power- SCR main relay (primary side); powerstage
1487 12 SCR mainrelay; powerstage over tem- SCR mainrelay; powerstage over temperature
perature (only CV56B) (only CV56B)
1108 3 6-7-2 SCR heater urea supplymodule; short SCR heater urea supplymodule; short circuit to
1109 4 6-7-2 SCR heater urea supplymodule; short SCR heater urea supplymodule; short circuit to
1087 5 6-7-2 SCR heater relay urea supply module; SCR heater relay urea supply modul secondary
1106 5 6-7-2 SCR heater relay urea supply module; SCR heater relay urea supplymodule primary
914 2 6-9-0 Urea supply module heater temperature; Sensor urea supply module heater tempera-
plausibility error ture; plausibility error (normal condition)
915 2 6-9-0 Urea supply module heater temperature; Sensor urea supply module heater tempera-
plausibility error ture; plausibility error (cold start condition)
925 8 6-9-0 Urea supply module heater temperature; Urea supply module heater temperature; duty
signal disrupted cycle in failure range
926 8 6-9-0 Urea supply module heater temperature; Urea supply module heater temperature; duty
signal disrupted cycle in invalid range
916 2 6-8-9 Urea supply module heater temperature; Sesnor urea supply module temperature; plau-
plausibility error sibility error (normal condition)
917 2 6-8-9 Urea supply module heater temperature; Sensor urea supply module temperature; plau-
plausibility error sibility error (cold start condition)
930 8 6-8-9 Urea supply module temperature; signal Urea supply module temperature; duty cycle in
disrupted failure range
931 8 6-8-9 Urea supply module temperature; signal Urea supply module temperature; duty cycle in
disrupted invalid range
927 11 6-8-9 Urea supply module temperature mea- Urea supply module temperature measurement
surement not available not available
928 8 6-9-1 Urea supply module PWM signal; signal Urea supply module PWM signal; period out-
disrupted side valid range
929 8 6-9-1 Urea supply module PWM signal; signal Detect faulty PWM signal from Supply Modul
disrupted
896 11 8-7-4 Detection of AdBlue filled SCR system in Detection of AdBlue filled SCR system in Init-
Init-State State
D 23.18 96
281 9 1-1-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Active

Active TSC1AE TSC1AE
282 9 1-1-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Passive

Passive TSC1AE TSC1AE
283 9 1-1-9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Active

Active TSC1AR TSC1AR
284 9 1-1-9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Passive

Passive TSC1AR TSC1AR
285 9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Passive

Passive TSC1DE TSC1DE
291 9 1-1-9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame TSC1TE

TSC1TE - active - active
292 9 1-1-9 Passive Timeout Error of CAN-Receive- Passive Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame
Frame TSC1TE; Setpoint TSC1TE; Setpoint
293 9 1-1-8 Active Timeout Errorof CAN-Receive- Active Timeout Errorof CAN-Receive-Frame
Frame TSC1TR TSC1TR
294 9 1-1-8 Passive Timeout Error of CAN-Receive- Passive Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame
Frame TSC1TR TSC1TR
1297 0 6-5-5 Turbo charger wastegate; CAN Fehler CAN-Transmit-Frame ComTrbChActr "BusOff-
Satus"; Wastegate
1298 0 6-5-5 Turbo charger wastegate; CAN Fehler CAN-Transmit-Frame ComTrbChActr disable
error; wastegate
1299 0 6-5-5 Turbo charger wastegate; CAN Fehler CAN-Transmit-Frame ComTrbChActr plausibil-
ity error; wastegate
1300 0 6-5-5 Turbo charger wastegate; CAN Fehler Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame ComTr-
bChActr; Wastegate
299 12 6-5-5 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame TrbCH;

TrbCH; Status Wastegate Status Wastegate
202 9 6-7-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame UAA10;

UAA10; AGS sensor service message AGS sensor service message
203 9 6-7-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame UAA11;

UAA11; AGS sensor data AGS sensor data
212 9 6-7-8 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame RxEng-

RxEngPres; Status burner airpump Pres; Status burner airpump
322 12 6-7-9 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame UAA1

UAA1 on CAN 2; Burner Air Pump Con- on CAN 2; Burner Air Pump Control
trol
559 13 7-0-6 Check of missing injector adjustment Check of missing injector adjustment value pro-
firing order)
560 13 7-0-7 check of missing injector adjustment check of missing injector adjustment value pro-
firing order)
firing order)
D 23.18 97
firing order)
firing order)
firing order)
836 3 7-6-1 Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; short Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; short circuit to
837 4 7-6-1 Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; short Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; short circuit to
834 5 7-6-1 Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; open Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; open load
load
835 12 7-6-1 Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; power- Electrical fuel pre - supply pump; powerstage
1251 0 6-9-5 Air Pump; internal error Air Pump; powerstage over temperature
1252 0 6-9-5 Air Pump; internal error Air Pump; operating voltage error
1261 6 6-9-5 Air Pump; over current Air Pump; over current
1249 7 6-9-5 Air pump; CAN communication inter- Air pump; CAN communication interrupted no
rupted no purge function available purge function available
1248 9 6-9-5 Air Pump; CAN communication lost Air Pump; CAN communication lost
1250 12 6-9-5 Air Pump; internal error Air Pump; internal error
55 14 6-9-5 Air pump doesn´t achieve air mass flow Air pump doesn´t achieve air mass flow set-
setpoint point
58 0 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); overcurrent Burner dosing valve (DV2); overcurrent at the
at the end of the injection phase end of the injection phase
60 3 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit to bat-
to battery tery
61 3 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit to bat-
to battery tery on high side
62 4 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit to
to ground ground
1253 7 8-5-0 Burner dosing valve (DV2); blocked Burner dosing valve (DV2); blocked closed
closed
63 11 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit Burner dosing valve (DV2); short circuit high
high side powerstage side powerstage
59 12 7-2-3 Burner dosing valve (DV2); powerstage Burner dosing valve (DV2); powerstage over
66 0 7-2-2 Physical range check high for burner Physical range check high for burner dosing
dosing valve (DV2) downstream pres- valve (DV2) downstream pressure; shut off
sure; shut off regeneration regeneration
D 23.18 98
69 1 7-2-2 Physical range check low for burner dos- Physical range check low for burner dosing
ing valve (DV2) downstream pressure; valve (DV2) downstream pressure; shut off
shut off regeneration. When burner injec- regeneration. When burner injector is actuated,
tor is actuated, the measured pressure the measured pressure does not rise above ca.
does not rise above ca. 1250mbar abs 1250mbar abs (expected: ca. 2400mbar).
(expected: ca. 2400mbar).
64 2 7-2-2 Burner dosing valve (DV2) downstream Burner dosing valve (DV2) downstream pres-
pressure sensor; plausibility error sure sensor; plausibility error
72 3 7-2-2 Sensor error burner dosing valve (DV2) Sensor error burner dosing valve (DV2) down-
range check high high
73 4 7-2-2 Sensor error burner dosing valve (DV2) Sensor error burner dosing valve (DV2) down-
range check low low
74 3 7-2-1 Sensor error glow plug control diagnostic Sensor error glow plug control diagnostic line
line voltage; signal range check high voltage; signal range check high
75 4 7-2-1 Sensor error glow plug control diagnostic Sensor error glow plug control diagnostic line
line voltage; signal range check low voltage; signal range check low
78 3 7-2-1 Glow plug control; short circuit to battery Glow plug control; short circuit to battery
79 4 7-2-1 Glow plug control; short circuit to ground Glow plug control; short circuit to ground
76 5 7-2-1 Glow plug control; open load Glow plug control; open load
1216 5 8-5-1 Glow plug control; open load Glow plug control release line; short circuit
error
1217 11 8-5-1 Glow plug control; internal error Glow plug control; internal error
77 12 7-2-1 Glow plug control; powerstage over tem- Glow plug control; powerstage over tempera-
perature ture
500 0 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); overcurrent at HCI dosing valve (DV1); overcurrent at the end
the end of the injection phase of the injection phase
502 3 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to battery
battery
503 3 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to battery
battery high side
504 4 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit to ground
ground
1256 7 8-5-2 HCI dosing valve (DV1); blocked HCI dosing valve (DV1); blocked closed
1257 7 8-5-3 HCI dosing valve (DV1); blocked HCI dosing valve (DV1); blocked open
505 11 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit high HCI dosing valve (DV1); short circuit high side
side powerstage powerstage
501 12 7-2-0 HCI dosing valve (DV1); powerstage HCI dosing valve (DV1); powerstage over tem-
over temperature perature
508 0 7-1-9 Physical range check high for HCI dosing Physical range check high for HCI dosing valve
D 23.18 99
511 1 7-1-9 Physical range check low for HCI dosing Physical range check low for HCI dosing valve
506 2 7-1-9 Sensor HCI dosing valve (DV1) down- Sensor HCI dosing valve (DV1) downstream
stream pressure; plausibility error pressure; plausibility error
514 3 7-1-9 Sensor error HCI dosing valve (DV1) Sensor error HCI dosing valve (DV1) down-
downstream pressure; signal range stream pressure; signal range check high
check high
515 4 7-1-9 Sensor error HCI dosing valve (DV1) Sensor error HCI dosing valve (DV1) down-
downstream pressure; signal range stream pressure; signal range check low
check low
518 0 7-1-8 Physical range check high for DV1 & Physical range check high for DV1 & DV2
DV2 upstream pressure; shut off regen- upstream pressure; shut off regeneration
eration
521 1 7-1-8 Physical range check low for DV1 & DV2 Physical range check low for DV1 & DV2
upstream pressure; shut off regeneration upstream pressure; shut off regeneration
516 2 7-1-8 Sensor DV1 & DV2 upstream pressure; Sensor DV1 & DV2 upstream pressure; plausi-
524 3 7-1-8 Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream pres- Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream pressure;
sure; signal range check high signal range check high
525 4 7-1-8 Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream pres- Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream pressure;
sure; signal range check low signal range check low
528 0 7-1-7 Physical range check high for DV1 & Physical range check high for DV1 & DV2
DV2 upstream temperature; shut off upstream temperature; shut off regeneration
regeneration
531 1 7-1-7 Physical range check low for DV1 & DV2 Physical range check low for DV1 & DV2
upstream temperature; shut off regener- upstream temperature; shut off regeneration
ation
526 2 7-1-7 Sensor DV1 & DV2 upstream tempera- Sensor DV1 & DV2 upstream temperature;
ture; plausibility error plausibility error
534 3 7-1-7 Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream tem- Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream tempera-
perature; signal range check high ture; signal range check high
535 4 7-1-7 Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream tem- Sensor error DV1 & DV2 upstream tempera-
perature; signal range check low ture; signal range check low
755 0 6-9-4 Physical range check high for airpump Physical range check high for airpump pres-
pressure; shut off regeneration sure; shut off regeneration
758 1 6-9-4 Physical range check low for airpump Physical range check low for airpump pressure;
pressure; shut off regeneration shut off regeneration
753 2 6-9-4 Sensor airpump pressure; plausibility Sensor airpump pressure; plausibility error
error
1378 2 6-9-4 Sensor airpump pressure; plausibility Sensor air pump airpressure; plausibility error
error
761 3 6-9-4 Sensor error airpump pressure; signal Sensor error airpump pressure; signal range
762 4 6-9-4 Sensor error airpump pressure; signal Sensor error airpump pressure; signal range
D 23.18 100
765 0 7-1-6 Physical range check high for exhaust- Physical range check high for exhaustgas back
gas back pressure burner; shut off pressure burner; shut off regeneration
regeneration
768 1 7-1-6 Physical range check low for exhaustgas Physical range check low for exhaustgas back
back pressure burner; shut off regenera- pressure burner; shut off regeneration
tion
763 2 7-1-6 Sensor exhaustgas back pressure; plau- Sensor exhaustgas back pressure; plausibility
1379 2 7-1-6 Sensor exhaustgas back pressure; plau- Sensor exhaust gas back pressure burner;
sibility error plausibility error
770 3 7-1-6 Sensor error exhaustgas back pressure Sensor error exhaustgas back pressure burner;
burner; signal range check high signal range check high
771 4 7-1-6 Sensor error exhaustgas back pressure Sensor error exhaustgas back pressure burner;
burner; signal range check low signal range check low
986 0 7-1-4 Physical range check high for burner Physical range check high for burner tempera-
temperature ture
989 1 7-1-4 Physical range check low for burner tem- Physical range check low for burner tempera-
perature ture
1395 2 7-1-4 Sensor burner temperature; plausibility Sensor burner temperature; plausibility error
error
942 3 7-1-4 Sensor error burner temperature; signal Sensor error burner temperature; signal range
944 4 7-1-4 Sensor error burner temperature; signal Sensor error burner temperature; signal range
984 11 7-1-4 Sensor burner temperature; plausibility Sensor burner temperature; plausibility error
error
965 3 7-1-5 Burner shut of valve; short circuit to bat- Burner shut of valve; short circuit to battery
tery
967 4 7-1-5 Burner shut of valve; short circuit to Burner shut of valve; short circuit to ground
ground
1392 4 7-1-5 Burner shut of valve; short circuit to Burner Shut Off Valve; short circuit to ground
ground
963 5 7-1-5 Burner shut off valve; open load Burner shut off valve; open load
1389 5 7-1-5 Burner Shut Off Valve; open load Burner Shut Off Valve; open load
1262 7 8-5-4 Shut off valve: blocked Burner Shut Off Valve; blocked closed
1264 7 8-5-5 Shut off valve: blocked Burner Shut Off Valve; blocked open
1192 12 Over temperature error on burner shut of Over temperature error on burner shut of valve
valve
1390 12 7-1-5 Over temperature error on burner shut of Burner Shut Off Valve; powerstage over tem-
valve perature
36 3 7-2-9 UB1; Short circuit to battery error of actu- UB1; Short circuit to battery error of actuator
D 23.18 101
109 0 7-2-4 Fuel Balance Control integrator injector 1 Fuel Balance Control integrator injector 1 (in fir-
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
168 12 7-6-3 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame

169 12 7-6-4 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame

D 23.18 102
133 9 7-6-6 Timeout Error (BAM to packet) for CAN- Timeout Error (BAM to packet) for CAN-
Receive-Frame AT1IGCVol1 informa- Receive-Frame AT1IGCVol1 information; fac-
Sensor (SCR-system upstream cat; system upstream cat; DPF-system down-
134 9 7-6-6 Timeout Error (BAM to BAM) for CAN- Timeout Error (BAM to BAM) for CAN-Receive-
tion; factors & Sensorcalibration for NOX sorcalibration for NOX Sensor (SCR-system
Sensor (SCR-system upstream cat; upstream cat; DPF-system downstream cat)
DPF- system downstream cat)
135 9 7-6-6 Timeout Error (PCK2PCK) for CAN- Timeout Error (PCK2PCK) for CAN-Receive-
tion; factors sorcalibration for NOX Sensor (SCR-system
& Sensorcalibration for NOX Sensor upstream cat; DPF-system downstream cat)
(SCR-system upstream cat; DPF-system
downstream cat)
140 9 7-6-7 Timeout Error (BAM to packet) for CAN- Timeout Error (BAM to packet) for CAN-
Receive-Frame AT1OGCVol2 informa- Receive-Frame AT1OGCVol2 information; fac-
Sensor (SCR-system downstream cat; system downstream cat; DPF-system down-
141 9 7-6-7 Timeout Error (BAM to BAM) for CAN- Timeout Error (BAM to BAM) for CAN-Receive-
142 9 7-6-7 Timeout Error (PCK2PCK) for CAN- Timeout Error (PCK2PCK) for CAN-Receive-
1158 0 7-7-2 Zerofuel calibration injector 1 (in firing Zerofuel calibration injector 1 (in firing order);
D 23.18 103
1011 0 7-7-1 EGR cooler downstream temperature; Physical range check high for EGR cooler
1458 0 7-7-1 Exhaust gas temperature EGR down- High exhaust gas temperature EGR cooler
stream; out of range, system reaction ini- downstream; warning threshold exceeded
tiated
1012 1 7-7-1 EGR cooler downstream temperature; Physical range check low for EGR cooler
1459 1 7-7-1 Exhaust gas temperature EGR down- High exhaust gas temperature EGR cooler
stream; out of range, system reaction ini- downstream; shut off threshold exceeded
tiated
1013 11 7-7-1 Sensor exhaust gas temperature Ventu- Sensor exhaust gas temperature Venturiunit
1173 14 7-7-9 SCR Tamper detection; derating timer SCR Tamper detection; derating timer below
1174 14 7-7-9 SCR Tamper detection; derating timer SCR Tamper detection; derating timer below
1175 14 7-8-0 Urea quality; derating timer below limit 1 Urea quality; derating timer below limit 1
1176 14 7-8-0 Urea qulaity; derating timer below limit 2 Urea qulaity; derating timer below limit 2
1177 14 7-8-1 Urea tank level; derating timer below limit Urea tank level; derating timer below limit 1
1
1178 14 7-8-1 Urea tank level; derating timer below limit Urea tank level; derating timer below limit 2
2
1187 14 7-8-4 Bad quality of reduction agent detected Bad quality of reduction agent detected
918 11 Urea-tank without heating function (heat- Urea-tank without heating function (heating
ing phase) phase)
360 0 7-3-7 Powerstage diagnosis disabled; high bat- Powerstage diagnosis disabled; high battery
361 1 7-3-7 Powerstage diagnosis disabled; low bat- Powerstage diagnosis disabled; low battery
1245 3 7-9-2 Charging lamp; short circuit to battery Charging lamp; short circuit to battery
1246 4 7-9-2 Charging lamp; short circuit to ground Charging lamp; short circuit to ground
1243 5 7-9-2 Charging lamp; open load Charging lamp; open load
1244 12 7-9-2 Charging lamp; over temperature Charging lamp; over temperature
D 23.18 104
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
exceeded
1279 9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame

DM19Vol1; NOX sensor upstream DM19Vol1; NOX sensor upstream

DM19Vol2; NOX sensor downstream DM19Vol2; NOX sensor downstream
firing order)
firing order)
1327 4 7-9-8 Injector cylinder bank 2 slave; short cir- Injector cylinder bank 2 slave; short circuit
cuit
1328 12 7-9-9 Injector powerstage output Slave defect Injector powerstage output Slave defect
D 23.18 105
56 7 8-5-6 Burner operation disturbed Burner flame unintentional deleted
1255 7 8-5-7 Burner operation disturbed Burner operation is interrupted too often
1254 1 8-5-8 Air pressure glow plug flush line; below Air pressure glow plug flush line; below limit
limit
1259 2 8-5-9 Air Pump; air flow is not plausible Amount of air is not plausible to pump speed
1260 2 8-5-9 Air Pump; air flow is not plausible Calculated amount of air is not plausible to
HFM reading
1258 11 8-5-9 HFM sensor; electrical fault HFM sensor; electrical fault
1265 12 8-6-0 Spark plug control unit (SPCU); internal Spark plug control unit (SPCU); electrical fault
error
1266 12 8-6-1 Spark plug control unit (SPCU); internal Spark plug control unit (SPCU); internal error
error
1219 14 7-8-6 DPF wasn´t regenerated, power reduc- DPF wasn´t regenerated, power reduction
request)
1247 11 8-6-2 Air Pump; air lines blocked Air Pump; air lines blocked
57 14 8-6-3 Engine power; Not enough oxygen for Engine power; Not enough oxygen for regener-
regeneration ation
1263 11 8-6-4 Burner fuel line pipe leak behind Shut Off Burner fuel line pipe leak behind Shut Off Valve
Valve
1220 14 7-8-6 DPF wasn´t regenerated, power reduc- DPF wasn´t regenerated, power reduction
request)
1221 14 7-8-6 DPF wasn´t regenerated, warning condi- DPF wasn´t regenerated, warning condition
tion (manuell regeneration mode) (manuell regeneration mode)
1302 11 8-6-6 Deviation of the exhaust gas tempera- Deviation of the exhaust gas temperature set-
ture setpoint to actual value downstream point to actual value downstream (DOC) too
(DOC) too high high
1481 5 DPF system; operating voltage error DPF system; operating voltage error
805 14 Particulate filter; regeneration not suc- Particulate filter; regeneration not succesful
cesful
1431 2 8-1-5 CAN message PROEGRActr; plausibil- CAN message PROEGRActr; plausibility error
ity error
1432 2 8-1-5 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame ComE-

ComEGRActr - exhaust gas recircula- GRActr - exhaust gas recirculation positioner
tion positioner
1440 7 EGR actuator; internal error EGR actuator; internal error
1441 13 EGR actuator; calibration error EGR actuator; calibration error
1442 2 EGR actuator; status message "EGR- EGR actuator; status message "EGRCust" is
Cust" is missing missing
D 23.18 106
1443 7 EGR actuator; due to overload in Save EGR actuator; due to overload in Save Mode
Mode
1438 3 8-1-6 Disc separator; short circuit to battery Disc separator; short circuit to battery
1439 4 8-1-6 Disc separator; short circuit to ground Disc separator; short circuit to ground
1436 5 8-1-6 Disc Separator; open load Disc Separator; open load
1437 12 8-1-6 Disc Separator; powerstage over tem- Disc Separator; powerstage over temperature
perature
1341 12 5-5-5 Injector diagnostics; time out error in the Injector diagnostics; time out error in the SPI
SPI communication communication
1342 12 Injector diagnostics Slave; time out error Injector diagnostics Slave; time out error in the
in the SPI communication SPI communication
1477 3 Ashlamp; short circuit to battery Ashlamp; short circuit to battery
1478 4 Ashlamp; short circuit to ground Ashlamp; short circuit to ground
1474 5 Ashlamp; open load Ashlamp; open load
1285 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame






1482 9 CAN message ComMS_Sys7 not CAN message ComMS_Sys7 not received
received from slave from slave
1291 9 Master-Slave CAN; Message-Counter- Master-Slave CAN; Message-Counter-Error of

MSMoFOvR
1292 9 Master-Slave CAN; Checksum-Error of Master-Slave CAN; Checksum-Error of CAN-

CAN-Receive-Frame ComMSMoFOvR Receive-Frame ComMSMoFOvR
1293 9 Master-Slave CAN; Messsage-Length- Master-Slave CAN; Messsage-Length-Error of

MSMoFOvR
1294 9 Timeout error CAN message Timeout error CAN message

ComMSMoFOvR1TO error memory ComMSMoFOvR1TO error memory Slave
Slave
D 23.18 107
1295 9 Message copy error in the Master / Slave Message copy error in the Master / Slave data
data transfer transfer
1357 11 MS ECU reported internal error Error memory Slave reports FID MSMonFC2;
Shut-Off Path test error of fuel injection system
1368 11 MS ECU reported internal error Error memory Slave reports FID MSMonFC3;
timeout of engine state messages
(ComMS_Sys1- 7) from master ECU
1485 11 MS ECU reported internal error Master ECU and Slave ECU data sets or soft-
ware are not identical
1457 4 Spark Plug Control Unit (SPCU); short Spark Plug Control Unit (SPCU); short circuit to
1505 2 Electric fuel pump; fuel pressure build up Electric fuel pump; fuel pressure build up error
error
1479 12 EAT-system HMI disrupted Regeneration inhibit switch not available; Com-
InhSwtNA
1480 12 EAT-system HMI disrupted Regeneration release switch not available;

ComRegSwtNA
1484 2 Master ECU and Slave ECU have been Master ECU and Slave ECU have been identi-
identified as the same types fied as the same types

MSMon_FidFCCTO; Master-Slave CAN MSMon_FidFCCTO; Master-Slave CAN com-
communication faulty munication faulty
1663 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame

DPFBrnAirPmpCtl DPFBrnAirPmpCtl
1664 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame ComD-

ComDPFBrnPT PFBrnPT
1665 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame

ComDPFC0 ComDPFC1

ComDPFHisDat PFHisDat

ComDPFTstMon PFTstMon
1674 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Com-

ComRxDPFBrnAirPmpCtl RxDPFBrnAirPmpCtl

ComRxDPFBrnAirPmp RxDPFBrnAirPmp

ComRxDPFCtl RxDPFCtl
1668 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame ComE-

ComEGRMsFlw GRMsFlw


D 23.18 108
1669 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame ComE-

ComEGRTVActr GRTVActr
1679 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame ComRx-

ComRxEGRTVActr EGRTVActr
1670 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame ComET-

ComETVActr VActr

ComRxETVActr ETVActr
1671 9 Timeout ComITVActr Timeout ComITVActr

ComRxITVActr ITVActr
1659 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame A1DOC

A1DOC
1660 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame AT1S

AT1S
1661 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame SCR2

SCR2
1662 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame SCR3

SCR3

ComRxCM0 ComRxCM1

ComRxCustSCR2 ComRxCustSCR3

ComRxSCRHtDiag SCRHtDiag

ComRxTrbChActr TrbChActr

ComRxUQSens UQSens
D 23.18 109
3 Menu structure of the setting and display menus
The following illustration shows the menu structure and serves to simplify operation
and the procedure in the case of various settings and displays.
D 23.18 110
D 30.18 Operation
1 Operating elements on the paver finisher
1.1 Control elements on the operator's control station
WARNING Danger of falling from the vehicle

Entering and leaving the vehicle and the driver's seat dur-
ing operation poses a risk of falling from the vehicle, which
can cause severe to fatal injuries!
- During operation, the operator must be at the intended
driver's seat and be seated properly.
- Never jump onto or off a moving vehicle.
- Keep accessible surfaces free of any soiling, e.g. operat-
ing substances, to avoid the risk of slipping.
- Use the steps provided and hold onto the handrail with
both hands.
D 30.18 1
Protective roof (o)

The following adjustments must be made before lowering
the roof:
- Both seat consoles pushed in.
- Backrests and armrests of driver's seats tilted forwards.
- Operating panel in lowest position and locked with the
vandalism protection facility.
- Front window closed.
- Engine hood closed.
The protective roof can be raised and lowered with a manual hydraulic pump.
D 30.18 2
Version 1:
3e
1
3
3a
3b 2
3c 3d
A The exhaust pipe is lowered or raised together with the roof.

- Operate the pump lever (1) until the roof has reached the upper or lower limit position.
A The bolt must be inserted with the alignment as shown and then swivelled against the roof
beam. Possibly adjust the position of the roof with the hand pump to insert the bolt.
- Position (3c): Roof raised.

- Position (3d): Roof lowered.
- Secure bolt with hook (3e)
D 30.18 3
Version 2:
3c
3b
3a
3 2

- Operate the pump lever (1) until the roof has reached the upper or lower
limit position.
- Secure bolt with split pin (3c).
D 30.18 4
Control platform, telescoping seat consoles
A 8 B
10
7
11
5 2 12
D 30.18 5
Operating panel
The operating panel can be adjusted to the various operating positions: left/right, sit-
ting/standing. The entire operating panel can be swivelled for operation beyond the
outer edge of the vehicle.
Make sure it is latched properly!

m
Only adjust the operating position whilst the vehicle is stationary!
f
Pushing the operating panel:
- Release the panel latch (2) and slide the panel console to the required position.
- Insert panel latch (2) into one of the detent positions (4).
Swivelling the operating panel:
- Lift latch (5), swivel operating panel to the required position and allow latch to en-
gage again in one of the intended detent positions.
Raise/lower the operating panel:
- Release clamping lever (6), lift or lower operating panel.

Tighten clamping lever (6) in required position.
Steering wheel, inclination adjustment (o):
- Press latch (7), swivel steering wheel to the required position and allow latch to en-
gage again.
A During longer interruptions and after work has been completed, cover the operating
panel with the vandalism protection facility (8) and lock in position.
Service brake ("foot brake") (o)
The brake pedal (9) is in front of the driver's seat.
A When the brake is actuated, the speed of the travel drive is automatically reduced (re-
gardless of the drive lever position).
- If the vehicle was brought to a standstill with the service brake, it cannot be driven
away again until after the drive lever has been put into neutral!
D 30.18 6
Seat console
The seat consoles left/right can be moved beyond the outer edge of the vehicle, pro-
viding the driver with a better view of the paving area in this position.
- There is a latch at both seat consoles.
- Pull latch (10), extend left or right seat console and allow latch to engage again.
Make sure it is latched properly!

m
When extended, the seat consoles increase the basic width of the paver finisher.
m
If the seat consoles are moved, ensure that there is no one in the danger area!
f
Only adjust the operating position whilst the vehicle is stationary!
f
During transportation in road traffic and when transporting the vehicle on transport-
f ers, the seat consoles must be secured in the retracted position!
Storage space
There are lockable storage compartments under both left / right seat consoles and in
the middle of the platform (11), (12).
A For storing the on-board tool kit, remote controls and other accessories.
D 30.18 7
Protective roof (o)
A
2
1 B
A
4
CAUTION Risk of crushing hands

When closing the spring-loaded front window, there is a
risk of crushing which can cause injuries!
- Do not reach into the danger zone.
- Set the latches correctly.
- Comply with further instructions in the safety manual.
The protective roof is equipped with an additional front window and optionally with two
side windows.
- The front window (1) can be swivelled using the handle (3) with the latch pulled (2).
To close the front window, pull the latch (2) and pull the sliding frame at the handle (3).
D 30.18 8
Windscreen wiper
- Engage the windscreen wiper / screen wash on the operating panel if necessary.
A Ensure that the washer fluid tank (4) is always adequately filled.
Replace worn wiper blades immediately.

m
Sunshade
A sliding sunshade (5) is available to the left and right of the protective roof to protect
the driver, for example when the seat console is extended.
- Pull the latch (6) and extend the sunshade. Set the latches in one of the intended
detent positions.
The sunshade must be retracted again before lowering the roof and for transport on
m the low-bed trailer!
Holder for the vandalism protection facility
- Keep the vandalism protection facility in the holder (7) during operation.
D 30.18 9
Driver's seat, type I
9
To avoid damage to health, the individu-
f al seat settings should be checked and 10
adjusted before starting the vehicle.
6 7
After locking the individual elements, it
f must no longer be possible to shift then 6
to another position.
3 8
- Weight setting (1): The relevant driv-
er's weight should be set by turning
4 11
the weight adjustment lever when the
driver's seat is unoccupied. 5
- Weight indicator (2): The set driver's
weight can be read off at the viewing 1
window.
2
- Longitudinal adjustment (3): Longi-
tudinal adjustment is released by actu-
ating the locking lever.
The locking lever must engage in the desired position.
- Seat depth adjustment (4): The seat depth can be individually adjusted. Raise the
button to adjust the seat depth. The desired position is set by simultaneously sliding
the seat surface forwards or backwards.
- Seat inclination adjustment (5): The seat surface's longitudinal inclination can be
individually adjusted. Raise the button to adjust the inclination. The seat surface in-
clines to the desired position by simultaneously loading or relieving it.
- Armrest inclination (6): The armrest's longitudinal inclination can be adjusted by
turning the hand wheel. Turning outwards raises the front of the armrest; turning
inwards lowers it at the front.
In addition, the armrests can be folded up fully.
- Lumbar support (7): Both the height and the extent of the convexity in the backrest
padding can be individually adjusted by turning the hand wheel to the left or right.
- Backrest adjustment (8): The backrest is adjusted via the locking lever. The lock-
ing lever must engage in the desired position.
- Back extension (9): By pulling out via perceptible detents, the height can be indi-
vidually adjusted up to a limit stop. To remove the back extension, the limit stop is
overcome with a jolt.
- Seat heating ON/OFF (10): The seat heating is switched on and off by actuating
the switch.
- Seat belt (11): The seat belt must be applied before starting up the vehicle.
The seat belts must be replaced following an accident.

f
D 30.18 10
Driver's seat, type II
To avoid damage to health, the individu- 7

f al seat settings should be checked and
adjusted before starting the vehicle.
6
After locking the individual elements, it
f must no longer be possible to shift then 6
to another position. 5
3
- Weight setting (1): The relevant driv-
er's weight should be set by turning
8
the weight adjustment lever when the
driver's seat is unoccupied. 4
- Weight indicator (2): The set driver's
weight can be read off at the viewing 1
window.
- Longitudinal adjustment (3): Longi- 2
seat4.tif
tudinal adjustment is released by actu-
ating the locking lever.
The locking lever must engage in the desired position.
- Seat height adjustment (4): The seat height can be individually adjusted. Turn the
handle in the desired direction to adjust the seat height.
- Backrest adjustment (5): The backrest inclination can be continuously adjusted.
Turn the handle in the desired direction to adjust.
- Armrest inclination (6): The armrest's longitudinal inclination can be adjusted by
turning the hand wheel. Turning outwards raises the front of the armrest; turning
inwards lowers it at the front.
In addition, the armrests can be folded up fully.
- Lumbar support (7): Both the height and the extent of the convexity in the backrest
padding can be individually adjusted by turning the hand wheel to the left or right.
- Seat belt (8): The seat belt must be applied before starting up the vehicle.
The seat belts must be replaced following an accident.

f
D 30.18 11
Fuse box
The terminal box, which contains all fus-

es and relays, etc. is located beneath the
central control platform floor panel.
A An assignment plan for fuses and relays

can be found in chapter F8.
D 30.18 12
Batteries
The batteries (1) of the 24 V system are

located in the vehicle footwell.
A For the specifications, refer to chapter B,

"Technical data". For maintenance, see
chapter "F".
External starting must only be carried

m out according to the instructions (see
section "Starting the paver finisher, ex-
ternal starting (starting aid)".
1
Main battery switch
The main battery switch separates the

current circuit from the battery to the
main fuse.
A For the assignment of all fuses, see

chapter F.
- To interrupt the battery's current cir-

cuit, turn the key pin (3) to the left and 3
pull it out.
A Do not lose the key pin as in this case

the paver finisher can no longer
be moved!
D 30.18 13
Hopper transport safeguard
Before parking or transporting the paver

finisher, the hopper lids must be swung 1
upwards and the transport safeguards
for the hopper must be inserted.
- Insert snap hook (1) in the corre-

sponding shackle of the opposite hop-
per lid.
Do not enter the hopper while the engine

f is running! Danger of being caught by
the conveyor!
Without transport safeguards inserted,
the hopper halves will slowly open; dan-
ger during transportation!
Screed lock, mechanical (o)
A The screed locks must additionally be

engaged on both sides of the vehicle pri-
or to transportation with the screed lifted. 1
Transportation with an unsecured

f screed leads to a risk of accidents!
- Lift the screed.

- On both sides of the paver finisher,
slide the screed lock beneath the
crossbeams using the lever (1); place
the lever in the detent position.
ATTENTION!
m Insert crossbeam lock only at crown ad-
justment "zero"!
Crossbeam lock only for transportation!
Do not charge the screed or work under it if it is only secured by the crossbeam lock!
Danger of accidents!
D 30.18 14
Paving thickness indicator
4
2
Two scales, on which the currently set
paving thickness can be read off, are lo-
cated on the left and right sides of the
vehicle. 3
- To change the reading position, the

scale (1) can be raised and lowered
again in one of the adjacent locating
bores (2).
- The pointer (3) can be swivelled to differ-
ent positions using the locking knob (4).
The scale (1) and pointer (3) must be

m swivelled in completely to transport 1
the machine.
A In normal paving situations, the same paving thickness should be set on both sides
of the vehicle!
D 30.18 15
Auger lighting (o)
A Two swivelling headlights (1) are located

at the back of the vehicle for illuminating
the auger compartment.
1
- They are engaged together with the

working lights.
D 30.18 16
LED working light (o)
There are two LED spotlights (1) at the

front and rear of the vehicle. 1
Always align the working lights to avoid

f dazzling the operating personnel or oth-
er road users!
D 30.18 17
Mechanical height adjustment,
auger (o)
2
1
For mechanical adjustment of the
auger height 3
- Set the ratchet direction lever (1) to the

clockwise or anti-clockwise direction.
Turning anti-clockwise lowers the au-
ger, turning clockwise lifts the auger.
- Actuate the ratchet lever (2)
- Set the desired height by alternatingly
actuating the left and right ratchets.
- The current height can be read at the
scale (3).
1
Hydraulic height adjustment:
- Adjust the required height by pressing

the corresponding switch (ope-
rating panel).
- The current height can be read at
the scale (4).
A Observe the notes on adjusting the au-

ger height in the chapter "Set-up and
modification"!
D 30.18 18
Sensor rod / sensor rod extension
2
2a
3 1
The sensor rod acts as an orientation aid for the vehicle driver during paving.
Along the defined paving route, the vehicle driver can use the sensor rod to follow a
tensioned reference wire or another marking.
The sensor rod runs along the reference wire or over the marking.
Steering deviations can therefore be ascertained and corrected by the driver.
Use of the sensor rod increases the basic width of the paver finisher.
m
If the sensor rod or sensor rod extension are used, ensure that there is no one in the
f vehicle's danger area!
A The sensor rod is adjusted when the vehicle is positioned, with its set working width,
on the paving route and the reference marking running parallel to the paving route has
been set up.
Adjusting the sensor rod:
- The sensor rod (1) is located at the head end of the vehicle and can be inserted in
the corresponding holder (2) on either the left or right side of the vehicle. The sen-
sor rod is fixed in the holder by tightening the two screws (2a).
D 30.18 19
- Loosen the winged nut (3) to pull the sensor rod extension (4) out for adjustment to
the required length. You can also change the angle by swivelling the joint (5).
Tighten all assembly parts properly after setting up!

m
During transportation, the sensor rod must be swivelled right back and fixed correctly.
m The max. transport width must not be exceeded!
D 30.18 20
Manual separator fluid spray (o)
Used to spray the parts coming into con-

tact with asphalt with a separator emulsion.
- Remove the spray (1) from its bracket. 4

- Build up pressure by actuating the 5
pump lever (2).
2
- The pressure is indicated on the ma-
nometer (3). 3
- Actuate the manual valve (4) to spray.
- On completion of work, secure the man-
ual spray in its bracket with a lock (5).
Do not spray into open flame or on hot

f surface! Danger of explosion! 1
2
D 30.18 21
Separator fluid spraying system (o)
Used to spray the parts coming into con-

tact with asphalt with a separator emulsion.
- Connect the spray hose (1) with the

hand piece (2).
Only switch on the spraying system

m when the diesel engine is running; other-
wise, the battery will be discharged.
Switch off after use.
- Pull the hose out of the device until a 8

click is audible. When released, the
hose automatically engages here.
The hose is automatically retracted
into the guide after pulling and dis- 3 4 6
charging again.
- Actuate button (3) to activate and de-

activate the pump. 9 7
- The indicator lamp (4) lights up when
the emulsion pump is running.
- Actuate the manual valve (5) to spray. 2
Do not spray into open flame or on hot 1

f surface! Danger of explosion!
A The spraying system is fed by a canister

(6) at the vehicle step. Check the level at
the sight tube (7).
Unscrew the tank cover (8) to fill
the tank.
5
Refill the canister only while the vehicle
f is stationary!
- If the system is not in use, place the spray lance in the holder (9) provided.
D 30.18 22
Conveyor limit switches
The mechanical conveyor limit switches

(1) control the material flow on the rele-
vant half of the conveyor.
The conveyors should stop when the
material has roughly reached the area 1
below the auger tube.
A This requires that the auger height has

been adjusted correctly (see chapter E).
A In vehicles with a PLC control system,

the deactivation point is set on the re-
mote control.
D 30.18 23
(left and right) - PLC version
A The limit switches control the material

flow at the relevant half of the auger
without contact. 1
The ultrasonic sensor (1) is secured to 3

the side shield via a bracket (2).
2
- To adjust, release the clamping lever /
stop screw (3) and adjust the sensor's
angle. 4
- After adjusting, retighten all mounting
parts properly.
A The connection cables (4) are connected to the relevant sockets on the remote con-
trol bracket.
A The sensors should be adjusted so that 2/3 of the augers are covered with the
paving material.
A The paving material must be conveyed over the full working width.
A We recommend adjusting the limit switch positions during material distribution.
A In vehicles with a PLC control system, the deactivation point is set on the
remote control.
D 30.18 24
(left and right) - conventional version
A The limit switches control the material

flow at the relevant half of the auger
without contact.
The ultrasonic sensor (1) is secured to 3

the side shield via a bracket (2). 2
4
- To adjust the sensor angle, loosen the
clamps (3) and swivel the bracket.
- To set the sensor height / the deacti-
vation point, loosen the star handles
(4) and adjust the linkage to the re-
1
quired length.
parts properly.
A The connection cables are connected to

the relevant sockets on the remote con-
trol bracket.
A The sensors should be adjusted so that

2/3 of the augers are covered with the
paving material.
D 30.18 25
24 volt / 12 volt sockets (o)
A socket (1) is located behind the left/

1
right seat consoles.
Additional working lights can be con-
nected here, for example.
- Right seat console: 12V socket

- Left seat console: 24V socket
A Voltage is present when the main switch

is switched on.
D 30.18 26
Central lubrication system (o)
A The central lubrication system is located

under the maintenance flap on the oper-
ator's platform.
The pumping interval adjusted in the facto-

m ry must be modified to the paving situation.
A Changing the duration of lubrication and

breaks may be necessary when laying
mineral or cement bound material mix.
A The adjustment is carried out in the vehi-

cle control (display) for PLC vehicles.
D 30.18 27
Pressure control valve for paving
stop with relief
Adjusts the pressure for the screen con-

trol with paving stop - "floating stop with
relief". 2 1
A Is engaged automatically with paving stop.
- Pressure adjustment with valve (1).
A Lock the valve with the corresponding

nut after making the adjustment!
- For pressure indication, see mano-

meter (2).
D 30.18 28
Lane clearer (o)
A swivelling lane clearer (1), which de-

flects small obstacles away to one side,
is located in front of both drive units.
A The lane clearers should only be swiv-

elled down during paving.
2
Swivelling the lane clearers:
- Swivel the lane clearer (1) up and se-

cure in the uppermost position with a
shackle (2).
- To lower the lane clearer, it must be
lifted a little and the shackle (2) must 4
be swivelled back. 1
5mm
3

- The lane clearer must be adjusted in the lower setting
with a few mm clearance between the ground and the
blade (3).
- When driving up inclines, lock the lane clearer in the
upper position.
A The blade's level above the ground is adjusted with a bolt (4).
D 30.18 29
Screed eccentric adjustment
To pave thicker layers of material, if the

piston rods in the levelling cylinder are III II
operating close to their limit position and I
if the desired paving thickness cannot be

reached, it is possible to alter the ap-
proach angle of the screed by adjusting 2
the eccentric.
- Pos. I: Paving thickness up to

approx. 7 cm 3
- Pos. II Paving thickness of
approx. 7 cm to
approx. 14 cm
1
- Pos. III Paving thickness above
approx. 14 cm
- The spindle (1) is not adjusted.

- Unfasten locks (2) for eccentric adjustment.
- Swivel screed to the desired position using the lever (3), and engage the locking
knob again.
A If the levelling unit is connected to a height controller, this has the function of balanc-
ing out any rapid rise in the screed position: The levelling cylinders are extended until
the correct height is reached.
A The change in approach angle can only take place slowly and uniformly on both sides
at once during paving operation, and involves the use of eccentric adjustments. Fail-
ing this, any rapid response in the screed could easily cause waves to appear on the
road surface.
The setting process should therefore take place before work starts!
D 30.18 30
Push roller crossbar, adjustable
1
180°
4
180°
3
2 4
For adaptation to various truck design types, the push roller crossbar (1) can be shift-
ed to two positions.
A The adjustment travel is 60mm.
- Close the hopper halves to lift the hopper flap (o).

- After removing the bolts (3), remove the locking plate (2) on the lower side of
the crossbar.
- Remove insert plate (4).
- Remove bolt (5).
- Move the push roller crossbar as far as it will go to the front / rear position.
A Shift the push roller crossbar at the towing eye or use a suitable assembly lever in its
guide (left and right) to push it into the corresponding position.
- Turn the bolt (5) 180° and reinsert in the front or rear position.
- Turn the insert plate (5) 180° and reinsert into the groove in the front or
rear position.
- Properly reinstall the locking plate (2) with bolts (3).
D 30.18 31
Push roller damping,
hydraulic (o)
A Push roller damping hydraulically absorbs the shocks between the material truck and
paver finisher.
- Activate the function on the operating panel as necessary.
D 30.18 32
Fire extinguisher (o)
The paver finisher personnel must be fa- 1

A
miliarised with operation of the fire extin-
guisher (1).
A Observe the inspection interval for the

fire extinguisher!
First-aid kit (o)
Any dressings that have been used must 1

f be replaced immediately!
A Heed the expiry date of the first-aid kit!
D 30.18 33
Rotary beacon (o)
(o)
The function of the rotary beacon must
m be checked daily before starting work.
- Place the rotary beacon onto the plug-in

contact and secure with a wing bolt (1).
1
- Raise the bracket (2), swivel to the outer
position and allow to engage there 3
- Slide the rotary beacon with the tube
(2) out to the desired height and se-
cure with the clamping bolt (3).
- Activate the function on the operating 2
panel as necessary.
A The rotary beacon is easy to remove

and should be stored securely at the
end of work.
D 30.18 34
Illuminated balloon (o)
1 6
5
2
The illuminated balloon generates shadow-reducing and anti-dazzle light.
The illuminated balloon makes the paver finisher higher and wider.
f
Note the passage height of bridges and tunnels and the enlarged vehicle width.
f
Always disconnect the power supply before working on the illuminated balloon!
f
Never look directly in the balloon when it is switched on!
f
The illuminated balloon must not be used in the vicinity of highly flammable materials
f (e.g. petrol and gas); a safety distance of at least 1 metre must be maintained from
combustible materials.
D 30.18 35
Danger due to electric shock. Voltage flashover poses the risk of severe or
f fatal injuries!
Adhere to the following safety distances from high-voltage lines:
< 125kV 5m
> 125kV 15m
The illuminated balloon must not be operated if the electric supply cables or connec-
f tors are damaged.
Before starting up, check that the zip fastener of the balloon skin is closed. If the skin
m is damaged, it must be repaired or replaced. The bulbs must be checked for firm seat-
ing and damage.
A The balloon cannot be operated with a damaged skin.
Never operate the balloon unattended!

m
Maximum wind speed for using the balloon: 80 km/h.
m
Installation and operation
- Install the bracket (1) at the vehicle step (3) using the corresponding assem-
bly material (2).
- Fasten the illuminated balloon (4) to the holding tube (5) and tighten the clamping
bolt (6).
- Close the zip fastener in the balloon skin and smooth away any large wrinkles in
the skin.
- Guide the holding tube (5) into the premounted holder (1) and tighten the clamping
lever (7) correctly to fix the holding tube.
- Once the illuminated balloon is completely mounted and secured, connect the plug (8)
of the illuminated balloon in the corresponding switch cabinet sockets (9).
A Operation of the switch cabinet - see screed operating instructions.
Route the supply lines so as to rule out any risk of stumbling or damage to the lines.
m
- After it has been engaged at the switch cabinet, the illuminated balloon inflates au-
tomatically.
- The skin of the illuminated balloon collapses again on being switched off.
- Remove the plug and open the zip of the balloon skin. Let the lamps cool down
completely.
- Store any dry illuminated balloons that are not needed in the corresponding trans-
port cover.
The holding tube must be removed during transportation!

m
D 30.18 36
Maintenance
Occasionally clean or replace the air fil-

m ter (10) beneath the connection plate. 9
Do not use solvents to clean the

m balloon skin!
Replacing the lamp
- Disconnect the power cable and open

the zip fastener of the skin.
Let lamp cool down completely!

f
Always wear the supplied cotton glove to touch the lamp!
m
- Press the lamp down gently to remove it.
- Insert the new lamp in the socket.
- Close the zip fastener of the balloon skin.
D 30.18 37
D 30.18 38
D 43.18 Mode of operation
1 Preparing for operation
Required devices and aids
To avoid delays on site, check before starting work whether or not the following de-
vices and aids are present:
- Wheel loader for transporting heavy extension parts

- Diesel fuel
- Engine oil and hydraulic oil, lubricants
- Separator fluids (emulsion) and manual injector
- Two filled propane gas bottles
- Shovel and broom
- Scraper (spatula) for cleaning the auger and the hopper infeed area
- Parts that may become necessary for extending the auger
- Parts that may become necessary for extending the screed
- Percentage spirit level + levelling rail, 4 m long
- Levelling wire
- Protective clothing, signal vest, gloves, ear protection
D 43.18 1
CAUTION Danger due to restricted vision
Restricted vision poses a risk of injury!
- Before starting work, arrange the intended driver's seat
to ensure adequate vision.
- Signalmen must be used when vision is restricted, also
to the sides and when reversing.
- Only reliable persons may be used as signalmen who
must have been received instructions about their task
before taking up their activity. This refers in particular to
the hand signals to be used. Standardised hand signals
must be used.
- Adequate lighting must be provided when working
at night.
WARNING Danger of falling from the vehicle

Entering and leaving the vehicle and the driver's seat dur-
ing operation poses a risk of falling from the vehicle, which
can cause severe to fatal injuries!
- The operator must be at the intended driver's seat
during operation.
- Never jump onto or off a moving vehicle.
- Keep accessible surfaces free of any soiling, e.g. operat-
ing substances, to avoid the risk of slipping.
- Use the steps provided and hold onto the handrail with
both hands.
D 43.18 2
Before starting work
(in the morning or when starting paving)
- Heed the safety instructions.

- Check the personal protective equipment .
- Take an inspection walk around the paver finisher and check for leaks
and damages.
- Install parts removed for transportation or for the night.
- When screed is operated with the optional gas heating system, open the closing
valves and the main shut-off valve.
- Perform the check according to the following "Checklist for the machine operator".
Check list for the machine operator
Check! How?
Emergency stop button Push in the button.

- on the operating panel The diesel engine and all running drives
- on both remote controls must stop immediately.
The paver finisher must immediately fol-

low every steering wheel movement in a
Steering
precise manner. Check straight ahead
travel.
Horn
Briefly press the horn button.
- On the operating panel
Horn signal must sound.
- on both remote controls
Switch on with the ignition key, walk

Lights around the paver finisher to check and
switch off again.
With the ignition switched on, press the

Screed hazard flasher switches for extending/retracting the
(with vario screeds) screed parts.
Hazard warning flashers must flash.
Gas heater system (o): Check:

- Bottle holder - Secure seat
- Bottle valve - Cleanliness and tightness
- Pressure reducer - Working pressure 1.5 bar
- Hose rupture protection - Function
- Closing valve - Function
- Main shut-off valve - Function
- Connections - Tightness
- Indicator lamps of the switch box - All indicator lamps must light up when
the system is switched on
D 43.18 3
Check! How?
For larger working widths, the walkway

Auger coverings plates must be extended and the auger
tunnels must be covered.
Folding walkways must be present at

the basic screed and all extension parts
and folded down accordingly.
Screed covers and walkways
Check that the side shields, the side
plates and the covers are securely
seated.
When the screed is raised / before

Screed transport safeguard transport, make sure that the cross-
beam lock is fixed correctly.
When the hopper is closed / before

Hopper transport safeguard transport, the locks must be fixed cor-
rectly.
Both locking bolts must be in the pro-

Protective roof
vided bore hole.
Other facilities:
Check that the hoods and flaps are
- Engine panels
securely seated.
- Lateral flaps
Equipment must be present on

Accessories: the vehicle!
- First aid box A Always observe the local
regulations!
D 43.18 4
10
A B
12
13
15
11
120
D 43.18 5
1.1 Starting the paver finisher
Before starting the paver finisher
Before starting the diesel engine and beginning operation, the following steps must
be performed:
- Daily maintenance of the paver finisher (see chapter F).
Check the operating hours counter to determine whether further maintenance work
m should be conducted.
- Check the safety devices and protective devices.
"Normal" starting
- Set the drive lever (13) to the centre position and the travel drive preselector (15)
to minimum.
- Insert the ignition key (11) in position "0".
A It is impossible to start the vehicle if an emergency stop button (10) / (120)

is depressed.
(Error shown on the display)
- Turn ignition key (11) to position 1 and wait for the preheat check (A) to go off.
- Press the starter button (12) to start the engine. Run the starter continuously for a
maximum of 20 seconds, then take a break for 2 minutes!
A If the engine does not start and the error message indicator lamp (B) flashes, then
the electronic engine control system has activated the start inhibit.
To deactivate the start inhibit, turn the system off with the ignition key (1) for
approx. 30 s.
If the engine still has not started after two attempts, ascertain the cause!
m
Do not use aerosol types such as ether as starting aid. This can cause an explosion
f and lead to personal injuries.
D 43.18 6
10
A B
12
13
15
11
120
D 43.18 7
External starting (starting aid)
A The engine can be started with the help of an external power source if the batteries
are empty and the starter no longer turns.
Suitable power sources are:
- Other vehicles with a 24V system

- Additional 24V battery
- Start device that is suitable for external starting (24 V/90 A).
Standard chargers or quick chargers cannot be used for external starting.

m
To externally start the engine:
- Switch on the ignition (11), set the drive lever (13) to the centre position and the
travel drive preselector (15) to minimum.
The starting aid cable must be connect-

m ed to 24 V.
2 1
- First connect the positive terminal (1)
of the starting aid battery to the posi-
tive terminal (2) of the vehicle battery.
- Then connect the negative terminal
(3) of the starting aid battery to the
ground of the discharged vehicle, e.g.
to the engine block or to a bolt (4) on
3
the vehicle frame.
4
Do not connect the starting aid cable to
f the negative terminal of the discharged
battery! Danger of explosion!
Lay the starting aid cable so that it can

m be disconnected once the engine is running.
A It is impossible to start the vehicle if an emergency stop button (10) / (120)

is depressed.
(Error shown on the display)
D 43.18 8
- If necessary, start the engine of the vehicle supplying power and leave to run for a
while.
Now try to start the other vehicle:
- Turn ignition key (11) to position 1 and wait for the preheat check (A) to go off.
- Press the starter button (12) to start the engine. Run the starter continuously for a
maximum of 20 seconds, then take a break for 2 minutes!
A If the engine does not start and the error message indicator lamp (B) flashes, then the
electronic engine control system has activated the start inhibit.
To deactivate the start inhibit, turn the system off with the ignition key (1) for
approx. 30 s.
If the engine still has not started after two attempts, ascertain the cause!
m
- If the engine has started, disconnect the starting aid cable again in reverse order.
D 43.18 9
68
13
D 43.18 10
After starting
To increase the engine speed:
- Press button (68) to increase engine speed.
A The engine speed is increased to the preset value.
Let the paver finisher warm up for approx. 5 minutes if the engine is cold.
m
D 43.18 11
A
D 43.18 12
Observe indicator lamps
The following indicator lamps must be observed under all circumstances:
For further possible faults, see Engine's operating instructions.
Engine coolant temperature check (A)
Lights up when the engine temperature is outside of the permissible range.
Stop the paver finisher (drive lever to the centre position), let the engine cool down
m while idling.
Determine the cause and correct it if necessary.
A The engine performance will be throttled down automatically. (Driving mode

remains possible).
After cooling down to normal temperature, the engine will run with full perfor-
mance again.
Battery charge indicator lamp (B)
Must go out after starting when the engine revs up.
If the lamp does not go out or lights up during operation: Briefly rev up the engine.
m Switch off the engine and determine the fault if the lamp does not go out.
For further possible malfunctions, refer to the section "Malfunctions".
Diesel engine oil pressure indicator lamp (C)
Must go out at the latest 15 seconds after starting.
If the lamp does not go out or lights up during operation: switch off engine immediately
m and determine fault.
D 43.18 13
68
49 50
55 56
D 43.18 14
Travel drive oil pressure indicator lamp (D)
- Must go out after starting.
If the lamp does not go out:

m Do not switch on the traction drive! Otherwise, the entire hydraulic system could
be damaged.
When the hydraulic oil is cold:
- Activate set-up mode function (68).

- Set the conveyor function (49)/(50) to "manual" and the auger function (55)/(56)
to "manual". Conveyor and auger start to operate
- Let the hydraulics warm up until the indicator lamp goes out.
A The Lamp goes out when the pressure drops below

2.8 bar = 40 psi.
For further possible malfunctions, refer to the section "Malfunctions".
D 43.18 15
69
61
64
63
68
45 46
13
34 35
15
16
126 130
D 43.18 16
1.2 Preparation for transportation
- Close the hopper with switch (34)/(35).

- Engage both hopper transport safeguards.
- Lift the screed completely using switch (69), set the crossbeam lock.
- Turn the travel drive preselector (15) to zero.
- Activate set-up mode function (68).
- Fully extend the levelling cylinders with switch (61),(63)/(64).
A To extend the levelling cylinders, levelling operating mode (126)/(130) must be

switched to "MANUAL" (LED OFF) on the remote controls.
- Use switch (45)/(46) to adjust the screed to the basic width of the paver finisher.
Lift the auger if necessary!

m
A If the engine is started with the drive lever pivoted out, the travel drive is inhibited.
To start the travel drive, first the drive lever must be returned to the centre position.
D 43.18 17
10
33
13
15
16
D 43.18 18
Driving and stopping the paver finisher
- Set the Fast/Slow switch (33) to "Hare".

- Set the preselector (15) to mark 10.
- For driving, carefully tilt the drive lever (13) forward or backward according to the
drive direction desired.
- Adjust the speed with the preselector (15).
- Carry out steering movements with the steering wheel (16).
In case of an emergency, press the emergency stop button (10)!

f
- To stop, press the service brake (A), set the preselector (15) to "0" and move the
drive lever (13) into its centre position.
A If the vehicle was brought to a standstill with the service brake, it cannot be driven
away again until after the drive lever has been put into neutral!
D 43.18 19
1.3 Preparations for paving
Separator fluid
Spray the parts coming into contact with

asphalt (hopper, screed, auger, push
roller) with a separator fluid.
Do not use diesel fuel as it dissolves the

m bitumen (prohibited in Germany!).
F0147_A1.TIF
Screed heater system
Switch on the screed heater approx. 15–30 minutes (depending on the ambient tem-
perature) before paving begins. Warming up prevents the material from sticking to the
screed plates.
D 43.18 20
Direction marks
To ensure straight paving, a direction

mark must be present or established
(road edge, chalk lines or similar).
- Slide the operating panel to the de-

sired side and secure it.
- Adjust direction of travel indicator on
the bumper.
D 43.18 21
67
59
53 54
47 48
36 37
D 43.18 22
Loading/conveying material
- Button (59) has to be switched off.

- Use switch (36)/(37) to open the hopper.
Instruct the truck driver to dump the material.
- Set the switches for the auger (53)/(54) and the conveyor (47)/(48) to "Auto".
- Activate function (67) to fill the vehicle for the paving process.
- Switch the conveyors on.

The conveyor limit switches (A) must switch off when the material has approximate-
ly reached the area beneath the auger crossbeam.
- Check that the material is transferred properly.
Manually switch on or off the conveyor if the material is not conveyed properly until
a sufficient amount of material lies in front of the screed.
D 43.18 23
71
70
72
53 54
33
47 48
13
15
126 130 126 130

123
127
D 43.18 24
1.4 Starting for paving
Set the switches, levers and controls listed below to the specified positions when the
screed has reached its operating temperature and a sufficient amount of material lies
in front of the screed
Item Travelling direction Position

13 Drive lever Centre position
33 Traction drive fast/slow Tortoise-operating speed
15 Travel drive preselector Mark 6-7
Preparation for screed floating
70 LED ON
position
72 Vibration LED ON
71 Tamper LED ON
53/54
Auger left/right auto
123
47/48
Conveyor left/right auto
127
126 /
Levelling auto
130
Speed regulator, vibration adapted to the paving situation
Speed control for the tamper adapted to the paving situation
- Push the drive lever (13) all the way to the front and start driving.
- Observe the distribution of the material and adjust the limit switches if necessary.
- Set the compacting elements (tamper / vibration) according to the required com-
paction ratio.
- Let the paving master check the paving thickness after 5–6 meters and correct
if necessary.
Carry out the check in the area of the caterpillar chains or drive wheels as the screed
tends to level an uneven ground. The reference points for the layer thickness are the
caterpillar chains or drive wheels.
The basic setting of the screed must be corrected when the actual layer thickness de-
viates significantly from the values indicated by the scales (see the operating instruc-
tions for the screed).
A The basic setting is for asphalt material.
D 43.18 25
1.5 Checks during paving
The following points must be constantly observed during paving:
Paver function
- Screed heater system

- Tamper and vibration
- Engine oil and hydraulic oil temperature
- The screed parts must be retracted and extended in time when obstacles are in
the way
- Uniform material transport and distribution or supply to the screed; may require cor-
rections to settings of the material switches for conveyor and auger.
A See the section "Malfunctions" when paver functions fail.
Quality of the layer
- Paving height
- Slope
- Evenness in the driving direction and at right angles to it
(check with 4 m levelling rod)
- Surface structure/texture behind the screed.
A See section "Malfunctions, problems during paving" if the paving quality is poor.
D 43.18 26
13
15
69
70
D 43.18 27
Screed control with paver finisher stop / in paving operation
(screed stop / paving stop / floating paving)
Button (70) can be used to activate the following functions:
- Screed stop / floating position (OFF)-->(LED OFF)

- Screed is hydraulically held in position.
A Function for setting up the paver finisher and for lifting/lowering the screed
- Paving stop / floating paving (ON)-->(LED ON)
The following functions are active depending on operating status:
- "Paving stop": when the paver finisher is stationary.

Screen is held hydraulically and by the counter pressure of the material.
- "Floating paving": during paving operation.
Lower the screed to the floating position.
A Function for paving operation.
- To lift the screed press switch (69).

- To lower the screed:
- Resting function: Keep button (70) pressed for longer than 1.5 seconds.
The screed is lowered as long as the button is pressed. When the button is re-
leased, the screed is stopped again.
- Button function: Press button (70) briefly - the screed is lowered. Press the button
briefly again - the screed is stopped.
D 43.18 28
Setting pressure for screed control
with paving stop + relieving:
A Pressure adjustments can only be made

while the diesel engine is running.
B A
- Set the drive lever (13) to the centre
position.
- Start the diesel engine and set the
traction controller (15) to zero.
- Activate the "floating position" (63)
function (LED ON).
- Set the pressure using pressure regu-
lating valve (A); read it off at the
manometer (B).
A Adjustment range 0 - 100 bar.
D 43.18 29
13
15
11
D 43.18 30
1.6 Interrupting/terminating operation
During breaks in paving (e.g. delay due to material trucks)
- Determine the approximate duration.

- When cooling down of the material below the minimum paving temperature
must be expected, run the paver finisher empty and create an edge like the end
of a layer.
- Set the drive lever (13) to the centre position.
During longer breaks (e.g. lunch break)
- Set the drive lever (13) to the centre position and the speed adjuster (15)
to minimum.
- Switch off the ignition (11).
- Switch the screed heater system off.
- With a screed with gas heating system (o) , close the bottle valves.
A The screed must be heated up to the correct paving temperature before paving may
be restarted.
D 43.18 31
69
13
15
11
D 43.18 32
When work is finished
- Run the paver finisher empty and stop it.

- Lift the screed using switch (69), set the crossbeam lock.
- Retract the screed parts to the basic screed width and lift the auger. Where appli-
cable, completely extend the levelling cylinders.
- Close hopper halves, set hopper transport safeguards.
- While operating the tampers at a low speed, let any material residues drop out.
- Set the drive lever (13) to the centre position and the speed adjuster (15)
to minimum.
- Switch the screed heater system off.
- Switch off the ignition (11).
- With a screed with gas heating system (o), close the the main shut-off valve and
the bottle valve.
- Remove the levelling units and stow them away in the boxes, close all flaps.
- Remove all parts that extend beyond the paver finisher contour or secure them
if the paver finisher is to be transported over public roads on a low-bed trailer.
- Read and check the operating hour meter to determine whether maintenance work
must be performed (see chapter F).
- Cover and lock the operating panel.
- Remove material residues from the screed and the paver finisher and spray all
parts with separator fluid.
D 43.18 33
2 Malfunctions
2.1 Problems during paving
Problem Cause
- change in the material temperature, demixing
- wrong material composition
- incorrect operation of the roller
- incorrectly prepared foundation
- long standstill times between loads
- grade control reference line is not suitable
- grade control jumps to the reference line
Wavy surface - grade control toggles between up and down
("short waves") (inertia setting is too high)
- bottom plates of the screed are loose
- bottom plates of the screed are warped or not uniformly worn
- screed is not operated in the floating position
- too much play in the mechanical screed link/suspension
- paver finisher speed is too high
- augers are overloaded
- changing material pressure against the screed
- change in the material temperature
- demixing
- roller has stopped on the hot material
- roller has turned or roller speed has been changed too fast
- incorrect operation of the roller
- truck brake is applied too tight
- long standstill times between loads
Wavy surface
- grade control reference line is not suitable
("long waves")
- incorrect installation of the grade control
- limit switch is not correctly set
- screed is empty
- screed has not been switched to the floating position
- too much play in the mechanical screed link
- auger is set too deep
- auger is overloaded
- material temperature is too low
- moisture on the foundation
- demixing
Cracks in the layer
(over the entire width)
- wrong layer height for maximum grain size
- cold screed
- bottom plates of the screed are worn or warped
D 43.18 34
Problem Cause
- material temperature
Cracks in the layer - cold screed
(centre strip) - bottom plates are worn or warped
- wrong crowning
- screed extendable parts are incorrectly installed
Cracks in the layer - limit switch is not correctly set
(outer strip) - cold screed
- bottom plates are worn or warped
- moisture on the foundation
- demixing
- wrong layer height for maximum grain size
Layer composition is - long standstill times between loads
not uniform - vibration is too slow
- screed extendable parts are incorrectly installed
- cold screed
- bottom plates are worn or warped
- screed is not operated in the floating position
- auger is overloaded
- truck hits too much against the finisher while aligning
to the finisher
Marks in the surface - too much play in the mechanical screed link/suspension
- truck brake is applied
- vibration is too high while standing on a spot
Screed does not - wrong layer height for maximum grain size
react to corrective - incorrect installation of the grade control
measures as - vibration is too slow
expected - screed is not operated in the floating position
- too much play in the mechanical screed link
D 43.18 35
2.2 Malfunctions on the paver finisher or screed
Malfunction Cause Remedy

See operating instructions for the
At the diesel engine Various
engine
See "External starting" (start
Diesel engine does Batteries empty
assistance)
not start
Various see "Towing"
Tamper is obstructed by cold
Properly heat the screed
bitumen
Hydraulic oil level in the tank
Top up oil
is too low
Pressure limiting valve is Replace the valve; if necessary,
Tamper or vibration is defective repair and adjust the valve
not functioning
Seal or replace the connections
Leak in the suction line of the
pump Tighten or replace the hose
clamps
Clean the filter; if necessary,
Oil filter is soiled
replace the filter
Hydraulic oil level in the tank
Top up oil
is too low
Check fuses and cables; replace if
Power supply interrupted
necessary
Switch is defective Replace the switch
One of the pressure limiting
Conveyor or augers Repair or exchange the valves
valves is defective
run too slowly
Pump shaft broken Replace the pump
Limit switch does not switch Check the switch; replace and
or regulate correctly adjust the switch if necessary
Check the high pressure filter for
Pump is defective
dirt particles; replace if necessary
Oil filter is soiled Replace the filter
Engine speed is too low Increase the speed
Hydraulic oil level is too low Top up oil
Leak in the suction line Tighten the connections
Flow rate regulator defective Replace
Hopper cannot be
swung open Leaking seals of the hydraulic
Replace
cylinder
Control valve is defective Replace
Check fuse and cables; replace
if necessary
D 43.18 36
Control valve is defective Replace
Hoppers lowers
inadvertently Leaking seals of the
Replace
hydraulic cylinder
Oil pressure too low Increase the oil pressure
Leaking seal Replace
Screed cannot Screed relieving or charg- Switch must be in the centre
be lifted ing is switched on position
if necessary
Switch on the remote con-
Set the switch to "Manual"
trol is set to "Auto"
if necessary
Switch on the operating
Crossbeams cannot panel defective Replace
be lifted or lowered
Excess pressure valve
Replace
defective
Flow rate regulator
Replace
defective
Seals defective Replace
Control valves defective Replace
Crossbeams lower Pilot-controlled non-return
Replace
inadvertently valves defective
Seals defective Replace
D 43.18 37
Replace (fuse strip on the oper-
Travel drive fuse defective
ating panel)
Check potentiometer, cables,
connectors; replace if necessary
Travel drive monitoring
Replace
(type-specific) defective
Traction does Electro-hydraulic servo unit
Replace the servo unit
not work of the pump defective
Check and adjust if necessary
Insufficient supply pressure Check the suction filter; replace

the supply pump and the filter
if necessary
Drive shaft of hydraulic
Replace pump or engine
pumps or engines broken
Check the fuel level; refill fuel
Fuel level too low
if necessary
Irregular engine
speed, engine stop Fuse "engine speed con- Replace (fuse strip on the oper-
function does not trol" defective ating panel)
work Electrical power defect Check potentiometer, cables,
(line break or short circuit) connectors; replace if necessary
D 43.18 38
E 10.18 Set-up and modification
1 Special notes on safety
Danger to personnel by inadvertent starting of the engine, travel drive, conveyor, au-
f ger, screed or screed lifting devices.
Unless otherwise specified, work may only be performed when the engine is
at a standstill!
- To protect the paver finisher against inadvertent starting:

Move drive lever into centre position and turn preselector controller to zero, remove
ignition key and battery main switch.
- Protect lifted vehicle parts (e.g. screed or hopper) against lowering by means of
mechanical safeguards.
- Replace parts or have them replaced as stipulated.
When connecting or disconnecting hydraulic hoses and when working on the hydrau-
f lic system, hot hydraulic fluid may spurt out at high pressure.
Switch off the engine and depressurise the hydraulic system! Protect your eyes!
- Mount all protective devices before re-commissioning the paver finisher.
E 10.18 1
DANGER Danger due to changes at the vehicle
Structural changes to the vehicle make the operating
licence null and void and can cause severe to fatal injuries!
- Only use original spare parts and approved accessories.
- After maintenance and repair work, ensure that any dis-
mantled protective and safety devices are all completely
fitted again.
E 10.18 2
2 Distribution auger
2.1 Height adjustment
V1
4
2 1
2 1
V2 4 3
Depending on the material, the height of the auger – measured from its lower edge –
should be at least 50 mm (2 inches) above the height of the material layer.
Example: layer height 10 cm

adjustment 15 cm from the ground
An incorrect height setting can result in the following problems during paving:
- Auger too high:

Too much material in front of the screed; material overflow. When operating with
larger working widths, demixing and traction problems may occur.
- Auger too low:
Not enough material that can be precompacted by the auger. Irregularities resulting
from this cannot be completely compensated by the screed (wavy surface).
In addition, increased auger segment wear occurs.
E 10.18 3
Mechanical height adjustment:
- Set the ratchet direction lever (1) to the clockwise or anti-clockwise direction.
- Adjust the required height by actuating the ratchet (2).
- The current height can be read at the scale (3).
Hydraulic height adjustment:
- Adjust the required height by pressing the corresponding switch (operating panel).
- The current height can be read at the scale (4).
E 10.18 4
2.2 Auger width extension and material shaft with protective cover
(optional equipment)
6
6
4
2
To fit auger extensions, an additional auger segment (1) is fitted to the auger shaft.
Assembly:
- Remove outermost screw connection (2) from the basic auger.
- Remove plug (3).
- Fit the auger extension (1) to the corresponding side.
- Fit screw connection (2).
- Fit plugs (3) to the auger extension.
The relevant material shaft must be fitted to each auger extension.
E 10.18 5
Push roller crossbar, adjustable
1
180°
4
180°
3
2 4
For adaptation to various truck design types, the push roller crossbar (1) can be shift-
ed to two positions.
A The adjustment travel is 60mm.
- Close the hopper halves to lift the hopper flap (o).

- After removing the bolts (3), remove the locking plate (2) on the lower side of the
crossbar.
- Remove insert plate (4).
- Remove bolt (5).
- Move the push roller crossbar as far as it will go to the front / rear position.
A Shift the push roller crossbar at the towing eye or use a suitable assembly lever in its
guide (left and right) to push it into the corresponding position.
- Turn the bolt (5) 180° and reinsert in the front or rear position
- Turn the insert plate (5) 180° and reinsert into the groove in the front or
rear position.
- Properly reinstall the locking plate (2) with bolts (3).
E 10.18 6
Hopper scraper
To reduce the gap between hopper and

vehicle frame, the hopper scrapers (1)
must be adjusted on both hopper lids.
- Loosen the mounting screws (2).

- Set a gap of 6 mm across the whole
length of the scraper.
- Retighten the mounting screws (2)
properly.
Risk of injury due to sharp-edged parts!

f Wear suitable safety gloves to protect 1
your hands!
2
E 10.18 7
2.3 Crossbeam guide
To warrant correct guidance of the

crossbeams, the guide plates (1) at both
sides of the vehicle must be adjusted to
the prevailing paving conditions
(e.g. positive or negative crowning, etc.).
- Remove screws (2).

- Move guide plate to the required size
(basic setting 25mm).
- Retighten the mounting screws (2)
properly.

f Wear suitable safety gloves to protect
1
your hands!
E 10.18 8
3 Screed
The Screed operating instructions cover all work required for mounting, setting up
and extending the screed.
4 Electrical connections
2a
3
6
7
5
8
4 3
4a
Prepare or make the following electrical connections when the mechanical compo-
nents have been mounted and set up:
E 10.18 9
- Set remote control to holder (1).
- Connect plug (2) with the remote control.
If the remote control is not implemented, the plug (2) has to be set to the bridge
m socket (2a).
- Connect the connection lead (3) of the side shield with the socket (4) of the screed.
A The cover of the extendable part must be removed to install the cables.
Install the cables to rule out the risk of any damage to the cables.
If the side shield is not connected, the socket (4) has to be connected with the bridge
m plug (4a).
Other connection possibilities:
- Auger limit switches (5)

- Grade control system (6)
- External levelling system (7)
- 24 volt consumers, e.g. additional lighting.
A When using an external levelling system, this must be logged in using the remote con-
trol menu.
A Always seal unused sockets or plugs with the corresponding protective caps!
E 10.18 10
5 Limit switch
5.1 Auger limit switches (left and right) -

mount PLC version
The auger's ultrasonic limit switch is

mounted on both sides on the side 3
2
shield's handrail.
- Place the sensor bracket (1) onto the

handrail, align it and tighten with a
wing bolt (2). 1
- Align the sensor (3) and secure with a 4
clamping lever (4).
- Connect the left or right sensor's con- 5
nection cable (5) to the intended re-
mote control bracket sockets.
Sonic.wmf
A The connection cables are connected to

the relevant sockets on the remote control bracket.
A The sensors should be adjusted so that 2/3 of the augers are covered with the
paving material.
E 10.18 11
5.2 Auger limit switches (left and right) -
mount conventional version
The ultrasonic sensor (1) is secured to

the side shield via a bracket (2).
- To adjust the sensor angle, loosen the

clamps (3) and swivel the bracket.
2 3
- To set the sensor height / the deacti-
vation point, loosen the star handles 4
(4) and adjust the linkage to the re-
quired length.
parts properly.
The connection cables are connected to 1

A
the relevant sockets on the remote con-
trol bracket.
A The sensors should be adjusted so that

2/3 of the augers are covered with the
paving material.
A The paving material must be conveyed

over the full working width.
E 10.18 12
F 10 Maintenance
1 Notes regarding safety
DANGER Danger due to changes at the vehicle

Structural chances to the vehicle make the operating
licence null and void and can cause severe to fatal injuries!
- Only use original spare parts and approved accessories.
- After maintenance and repair work, ensure that any dis-
mantled protective and safety devices are all completely
fitted again.
DANGER Danger due to incorrect vehicle maintenance

Incorrectly performed maintenance and repair work can
cause severe or fatal injuries!
- Ensure that maintenance and repair work is always only
carried out by trained, specialist staff.
- All maintenance, repair and cleaning work should only
be carried out with the engine turned off. Remove igni-
tion key and main switch.
- Affix a sign "Do not start" to the vehicle.
- Perform a visual inspection and check all functions
every day.
- Proceed with all maintenance tasks according to the
maintenance schedule.
- Proceed with expert inspection every twelve months.
- Eliminate all ascertained faults straight away.
- Do not restart the vehicle until all ascertained faults have
been eliminated.
- Failure to comply with the prescribed inspection and
maintenance work renders the operating licence null
and void!
F 10 1
CAUTION Hot surfaces!
Surfaces including those behind covering parts, together
with combustion fuels from the engine or screed heater can
be very hot and cause injuries!
- Wear your personal safety gear.
- Do not touch hot parts of the vehicle.
- Only perform maintenance and repair work after the
vehicle has cooled down.
CAUTION Danger due to electric shock

Injuries can be caused by touching live parts directly or
indirectly!
- Do not remove any protective safeguards.
- Never spray water on electric or electronic components.
- Maintenance work to the electric system should only be
carried out by trained specialist staff.
- When equipped with electric screed heater, check the
insulation monitoring every day according to the
instructions.
Cleaning:Do not use any inflammable substances (such as petrol).

f Avoid directly cleaning electrical parts and insulation material with a steam jet; cover
them up beforehand.
Working in enclosed environments: Exhaust fumes must be conducted into the

f open air. Propane gas bottles must not be stored in closed rooms.
In addition to these maintenance instructions, the maintenance instructions issued by

m the engine manufacturer must be adhered to under all circumstances. All mainte-
nance work and service intervals itemised here are binding in nature.
A Information on how to maintain the optional equipment can be found in the individual
sub-sections of this chapter!
F 10 2
F 23.18 Maintenance review
1 Maintenance review
81.18 90 100
50.18
60.18
30.18
40.18
71.18
F 23.18 1
Maintenance necessary after
operating hours
2000 / every 2 years

1000 / annually
If necessary
Assembly Chapter
20000
5000
100
250
500
10
50
Conveyor F31.18 q q q
Auger F40.18 q q q q q
Engine F50.18 q q q q q q
Hydraulic system F60.18 q q q q q q q
Wheel chassis F71.18 q q q q q q
Electrical system F81.18 q q q q q
Lubrication points F90 q q q q
Checking/stopping F100 q q q
Maintenance required q
A In this overview, you will find the maintenance intervals for optional
machine equipment!
F 23.18 2
F 30.18 Maintenance - conveyor
1 Maintenance - conveyor
F 30.18 1
Rotating or conveying vehicle parts can cause severe or
fatal injuries!
- Comply with the warning and information signs on
the vehicle.
- Stop the engine and remove the ignition key before any
maintenance work.
CAUTION Danger from heavy loads

Lowering vehicle parts may cause injuries!
- When the vehicle is parked and during maintenance and
transport, close both hopper lids and fit the correspond-
ing hopper transport safeguards.
transport, raise the screen and fit the corresponding
screed transport safeguards.
- Ensure that opened hoods and covering parts are
locked properly.

with combustion gases from the engine or screed heater
can be very hot and cause injuries!
F 30.18 2
1.1 Maintenance intervals
Interval

1000 / annually
If necessary
Item
Maintenance point Note

100
250
500
10
50
- Conveyor chain -
q
Check tightness
- Conveyor chain -
1 q
Adjust tension
- Conveyor chain -
q
Replace chain
- Conveyor drive - drive chains -
q
Check chain tightness
2
- Conveyor drive - drive chains -
q
Adjust chain tightness
- Replace conveyor deflectors /
3 q
conveyor plates
Maintenance q
Maintenance during the running-in period g
F 30.18 3
1.2 Points of maintenance
Chain tension, conveyor (1)
Check chain tension:
170 mm 170 mm
When the conveyor chain is tensioned correctly, the lower edges of both chain sags
(before and after the chain guide) hangs approx. 170 mm above the ground.
The conveyor chains should not be too tight or too slack. An excessively taut chain
m can cause the chain to be stopped or to break when material falls into the space be-
tween the chain and the sprocket.
An excessively slack chain may catch on protruding objects and be destroyed.
Adjustment of chain tension:
A One adjusting screw is located on both

halves of the conveyor for adjusting the
chain tension.
A The adjusting screws are located at the

reversal behind the crossbeam.
A A special wrench for the lock nut (A) B

is included in the scope of supply of
the vehicle. A
- Unfasten lock nut (A) at the reversal.

- Adjust the chain tension using the ad-
justing screw (B).
- Retighten the lock nut (A) properly.
F 30.18 4
Check / replace chain:
A At the latest, the conveyor chains (A)

must be replaced when their elongation
has progressed so far that they can no
longer be re-tensioned.
Chain links must not be removed to

m shorten the chain!
Incorrectly dividing the chains would de-
stroy the drive wheels!
A
If components have to be replaced as a
m result of wear, the following components
should always be replaced in sets:
- Conveyor chain
- Conveyor deflectors
- Conveyor plates
- Deflector plates
- Conveyor chain reversing rollers
- Conveyor drive chain sprockets
A Your Dynapac customer service will be happy to provide support during maintenance,
repair and the replacement of wearing parts!
F 30.18 5
Conveyor drive - drive chains (2)
To check the chain tension:
A There is a scale (A) on the chain guard

to show the chain sag.
- Move the chain in the oblong hole of D C

the chain guard: B
If the tension has been set properly,
the chain must be able to move freely
approx. 10 - 15 mm.
To re-tension the chains
- Unfasten mounting screws (B) and

lock nut (C) slightly.
- Adjust the required chain tension us-
ing the tensioning screw (C).
- Retighten fastening bolts (B) and lock
nuts (C) correctly.
A
10mm
F 30.18 6
Conveyor deflectors / conveyor
plates (3)
A At the latest, the conveyor deflectors (A)

must be replaced when their lower edg-
es are worn or reveal holes.
The conveyor chain is not offered pro-

m tection by worn conveyor deflectors!
- Remove conveyor deflector bolts.

A
- Remove the conveyor deflectors from
the material tunnel.
- Install new conveyor deflectors with
new bolts.
A At the latest, the conveyor plates (B)

must be replaced when the wear limit
of 5 mm in the rear area beneath the B
chain has been reached.
If components have to be replaced as a

m result of wear, the following components
should always be replaced in sets:
- Conveyor chain
- Conveyor deflectors
- Conveyor plates
- Deflector plates
- Conveyor chain reversing rollers
- Conveyor drive chain sprockets
F 30.18 7
F 30.18 8
F 40.18 Maintenance - auger assembly
1 Maintenance - auger assembly
F 40.18 1
fatal injuries!
on the vehicle.
maintenance work.

F 40.18 2
Interval

1000 / annually
If necessary
Item
5000
100
250
500
10
50
- Auger drive chains -

q
Check tension
- Auger drive chains -
q
1 Adjust tension
- Augur drive chains -
q Replace chains
and chain sockets
- Augur box -
q
Check grease fill
- Augur box -
2 q
Top up with grease
- Augur box -
q
Change grease
- Seals and sealing rings -
q
Check wear
3
- Seals and sealing rings -
q
Replace seals
- Outer auger bearing -
4 q
Lubricate
Maintenance q
F 40.18 3
Interval

1000 / annually
If necessary
Item
5000
100
250
500
10
50
- Outer bearing bolts -

g g
Check tightening
5
- Outer bearing bolts -
q
Tighten to correct torque
- Auger blade -
q
Check wear
6
- Auger blade -
q
Replace auger blade
Maintenance q
F 40.18 4
Auger drive chains (1)
To check the chain tension:
- Manually turn both augers to the right

and left. In this case, movement clear-
ance (C) at the augers' outer circumference should be 3-4 mm.

f
To re-tension the chains
B
- Release the mounting screws (A).
- Adjust chain tension with the adjusting A
screws (B):
- Retighten the bolts (A).
F 40.18 5
Check / replace chain:
A The drive chains (A) must be replaced at

the latest when:
- The sprockets (B) on the auger shaft

or drive are worn.
- The chains (A) have lengthened to
such an extent that they can no longer
be retightened. B
Chains and chain sprockets must al-

m ways be replaced in sets.
A Your Dynapac customer service will be

happy to provide support during mainte- A
nance, repair and the replacement of
wearing parts!
F 40.18 6
Auger box (2)
Check grease fill
To check the grease fill:
- Remove side cover (A)
A No reduction in the quality and quantity

of the grease fill is normally expected.
A
However, the grease fill must always
be replaced if there is a considerable B
change in colour or any lumps
have formed.
A When grease is present in the correct

quantity and quality, a film of grease ad-
heres to the full length of both chains (B).
- Top up with grease if necessary.

- Reinstall cover (A).
Change grease
A The grease should be changed regularly when proceeding with wear-related change
of the chains and chain sprockets.
- After dismantling the worn parts, clean the auger box on the inside.
- Once all parts have been mounted, fill with new grease, then fit cover (A).
F 40.18 7
Seals and sealing rings (3)
A After reaching operating temperature,

check the gearbox for leaks.
In case of visible leaks, e.g. between the

m flange surfaces (A) of the drive, auger A
shaft (B) or at the side cover (C), re-
placement of the seals and sealing rings
is necessary.
F 40.18 8
Outer auger bearing (4)
The grease nipples are located on

each side at the top of the outer
auger bearings.
These nipples must be lubricated at the

end of work to force out any bitumen res- 6x
idues which may have entered and to
supply the bearings with fresh grease
when warm.
A If the auger is extended, the outer rings

should be loosened slightly when initially
greasing the outer bearing points in or-
der to improve ventilation on greasing.
The outer rings must be properly se-
cured again after greasing.
A New bearings must be filled with

60 strokes of grease using a grease gun.
Mounting screws -
outer augur bearing
Check tightening (5) C
Following the running-in period, the

m tightening torques of the outer auger
bearing mounting screws must be
checked.
- Tighten to the following torques

if necessary:
- (F): 210 Nm
If the auger's working width is changed,

m the tightening check must be repeated
after the running-in period!
F 40.18 9
Auger blade (6)
A If the surface of the auger blade (A) be-

comes sharp-edged, the diameter of the
auger is reduced and the blades (B)
have to be replaced.
- Remove the bolts (C), washers (D),

nuts (E) and auger blade (B).
Risk of injury due to sharp-edged parts! A

f
Auger blades must be installed play-
m free; the contact surfaces must be dirt-
free!
- Install the new auger blade (B); re-

place the bolts (C), washers (D) and
nuts (E) if necessary.
D
E
F 40.18 10
F 50.18 Maintenance - engine assembly
1 Maintenance - engine assembly
As well as this maintenance manual, always also pay close attention to the mainte-
m nance manual provided by the engine manufacturer. All maintenance work and serv-
ice intervals itemised here are binding in nature.
F 50.18 1
fatal injuries!
on the vehicle.
maintenance work.

F 50.18 2
Interval

1000 / annually
500 / annually
If necessary
Item

100
250
10
50
- Fuel tank
q
Check filling level
- Fuel tank
1 q
Refill with fuel
- Fuel tank
q
Clean the tank and system
- Engine lube oil system
q
Check oil level
q
Top up oil
2
q
Change oil
q
Change oil filter
- Engine fuel system
q Fuel filter (drain the water
separator)
q
3 Replace fuel pre-filter
q
Replace fuel filter
q
Bleed fuel system
Maintenance q
F 50.18 3
Interval

1000 / annually
500 / annually
If necessary
Item

100
250
10
50
- Engine air filter

q
Check air filter
- Engine air filter
q Emptying
4
dust collector
- Engine air filter
q q Replaceair
filter cartridge
- Engine cooling system
q
Check radiator fins
q q
Clean radiator fins
q
Check level of the coolant
5 q
Top up coolant
q
Check coolant concentration
q
Adjust coolant concentration
q
Change coolant
Maintenance q
F 50.18 4
Interval

1000 / annually
500 / annually
If necessary
Item

100
250
10
50
- Engine drive belt

q
Check drive belt
- Engine drive belt
6 q
Tighten drive belt
- Engine drive belt
q q
Replace drive belt
Maintenance q
F 50.18 5
Engine fuel tank (1)
- Check the filling level on the gauge

on the operating panel.
A Fill the fuel tank each time before start-

ing work so that the fuel system cannot
"run dry" and time-consuming venting
(bleeding) can therefore be avoided.
For filling with fuel:
- Remove cover (A). A

- Fill in fuel through the filling port until
the required fill lever is achieved.
- Replace the cover (A).
Clean the tank and system:
- Unscrew the drain plugs (B) of the

tank and drain about 1 l fuel into a col-
lection pan.
- When returning the screw, make sure
B
to use a new seal.
F 50.18 6
Engine lube oil system (2)
Check oil level
A In case of correct oil level, the oil is be-

tween the two notches of the dipstick (A).
A Only check the oil level when the finisher

is in a horizontal position!
A The sensor rod is located at the front end of the engine.
Too much oil in engine damages gas-

m kets; too little oil results in overheating
and engine destruction.
For filling with oil:
- Remove cover (B). B

- Fill up oil to correct level.
- Return cover (B).
- Use dipstick to check level again.
F 50.18 7
Oil change:
A The oil should be changed when at operating temperature.
- Place the end of the oil drain port hose

(C) in the collection container.
- Remove the screw cap with a wrench
and allow the oil to drain completely.
- Replace the screw cap and tighten
properly.
- Fill in the specified quality of oil
through the filler opening (B) on the
C
engine until the oil level rises to the
correct mark on the dipstick (A).
Changing the oil filter:
A The new filter is inserted during an oil

D
change once the used oil has been
drained out.
A The oil filter is located at the front end of

the engine. (Use the maintenance flap
for access)
- Loosen the filter (D) using a filter

wrench or filter strap and unscrew.
- Collect escaping lubricating oil.
- Clean the sealing face of the filter car-
rier with a clean, lint-free cloth.
- Slightly lubricate the seal of the new
filter before installing it.
- Screw the new filter in by hand until the seal makes contact and tighten with a
torque of 15-17 Nm.
A After installing the oil filter, attention must be paid to the oil pressure display and good
sealing during the test run. Check oil level again.
F 50.18 8
Engine fuel system (3)
A The fuel filter system consists of

two filters:
- Prefilter (A) with water separator

- Main filter (B)
Prefilter - draining of water
A Drain the collecting vessel at regular in-

tervals, or in response to an error mes-
A
sage from the engine control unit.
- Put a suitable drip pan underneath.

- Disconnect the electrical connection/
cable connection.
- Loosen drain plug (C). B
- Drain off liquid until pure diesel fuel
emerges.
- Tighten the drain plug (C) again.
- Restore the electrical connection/ca-
A
ble connection.
F 50.18 9
Changing the prefilter:
- Put a suitable drip pan underneath.

- Disconnect the electrical connection/cable connection.
- Loosen drain plug (C) and drain off liquid.
- Untighten the filter cartridge (A) using a pair of oil filter tongs or oil filter strap and
unscrew it.
- Clean any dirt from the sealing face of the new filter cartridge and the opposite side
of the filter head.
- Lightly coat the oil filter cartridge seal with fuel and screw hand-tight under the
bracket (17-18 Nm.
- Restore the electrical connection/cable connection.
- Tighten the drain plug (C).
- Bleed the fuel system
Bleed the fuel system:
A The fuel system is bled using the electric fuel feed pump. Do not attempt to start the ve-
hicle while the fuel system is being bled to ensure that no error message is generated.
- Ignition "ON"
A The electronic fuel feed pump switches on for 20 seconds to bleed the fuel system
and build up the necessary fuel pressure.
A Wait until the electric fuel feed pump is switched off by the control unit.
- Ignition "OFF"
A Repeat at least twice until the fuel system is bled.
Replacing the main filter:
- Untighten the filter cartridge (B) using a pair of oil filter tongs or oil filter strap and
unscrew it.
- Clean any dirt from the sealing face of the new filter cartridge and the opposite side
of the filter head.
- Lightly coat the oil filter cartridge seal with fuel and screw hand-tight under the
bracket (17-18 Nm.
A After fitting the filter, ensure good sealing action during the test run.
F 50.18 10
Engine air filter (4)
Empty dust collector
- Empty the dust removal valve (B) on

the air cleaner housing (A) by pressing
the discharge port in the direction of
the arrow.
- Remove any baked on dust by press-
ing together the upper valve section.
A Clean the discharge port from time

to time. E
Cleaning / replacing the air

filter cartridge D B
A
A Pollution of the combustion air filter de-
pends on the dust content of the air and
the mesh size of the filter selected.
A Filter maintenance becomes necessary if:
- Maintenance interval or
- Engine electronics service indicator
- Open the air filter lid.
- Pull out the filter cartridge (D) and the
safety cartridge (E). B
A Clean the filter cartridge (D) and replace

after one year at the latest.
- Blow out with dry pressure air (max. 5 bar) from inside out or tap it (in case of emer-
gency only).
A Do not damage cartridge when doing so.
- Check the soundness of the filter papers of the filter cartridge (by exposing to light)
and the soundness of the seals. Replace them as required.
A Replace the safety cartridge (E) together with the filter cartridge (D)
F 50.18 11
Engine cooling system (5)
Checking / topping up coolant
The cooling water level must be checked

when the system is cold. Make sure that
the anti-freeze and anti-corrosive liquid
is sufficient (-25°C).
When hot, the system is under pressure.

f When opening, there is a danger A
of scalding!
A If necessary fill in a sufficient amount of

C
coolant through the open port (A) of the
compensating tank.
Change coolant
When hot, the system is under pressure.

f When opening, there is a danger
of scalding!
Use only approved coolants!

m
A Observe the instructions in the chapter
entitled "Operating substances"!
- Remove the drain screw (B) on the ra- B

diator and let the coolant drain com-
pletely.
- Reinstall the drain screw (B) and tight-
en properly.
- Fill in coolant through the filling open-
ing (A) on the compensation tank until
the coolant level rises to the centre of
the sight glass (C).
The air is only able to escape completely

m from the cooling system once the engine
has reached its operating temperature
(at least 90°C).
Check the fluid level again, top up if necessary.
F 50.18 12
Checking and cleaning the radiator fins
- If necessary, remove leaves, dust or sand from the radiator.
A Observe engine's operating instructions
Checking coolant concentration
- Check the concentration using a suitable tester (hydrometer).

- Adjust the concentration if necessary.
F 50.18 13
Engine drive belt (6)
Check drive belt
- Check the drive belt for damage.
A Small transverse cracks in the belt are

acceptable.
In the event of longitudinal cracks which

m intersect with transverse cracks and
damaged material surfaces, belt re-
placement is necessary.
Replace drive belt
F 50.18 14
F 60.18 Maintenance - hydraulic system
1 Maintenance - hydraulic system
F 60.18 1
WARNING Danger due to hydraulic oil
Hydraulic oil under high pressure can cause severe to
fatal injuries!
- Only competent staff should work on the hydraulic
system!
- Any hydraulic hoses that are cracked or soaked through
must be replaced immediately.
- Depressurise the hydraulic system.
- Lower screed and open hopper.
maintenance work.
- Secure the vehicle to prevent it being switched on again.
- Consult a doctor immediately if injured.

F 60.18 2
WARNING Danger from residual pressure in hydraulic lines
Residual pressure in the hydraulic system can cause
severe or fatal injuries!
- Proceed as follows before working on the hydraulic
system:
- Depressurise the hydraulic system for maintenance:
2. Open hopper.
3. Move levelling cylinder to lower limit position.
4. Retract screed.
5. Lower the screed to the floating position.
6. Set crowning to 0°.
7. Move front hopper cylinder to lower limit position.
maintenance work.
- Secure the vehicle to prevent it being switched on again.
- Let the hydraulic oil cool down.
A After depressurising, begin slowly and carefully
when opening the threaded connections in the hy-
draulic lines.
Continue to loosen the threaded connections with
caution in order to notice possible dangers resulting
from any still remaining pressure in the hydraulic fluid
(here it may help to knock gently on the threaded con-
nection) so that precautions can be taken.
Do not continue loosening the threaded connection
if there is still any remaining pressure in the system.
Depressurise the system again and check once
more that this has been effective.
F 60.18 3
Interval

1000 / annually
If necessary
Item

100
250
500
10
50
- Hydraulic oil tank -

q
Check fill level
q
Top up with oil
1
q
Change oil and clean
q
Change ventilation filter
q
Check maintenance indicator
2 - Hydraulic oil tank -
q q Change and vent the suction/re-
turn flow hydraulic filter
- High-pressure filter -
q
Check maintenance indicator
3
- High-pressure filter -
q q
Replace filter element
- High-pressure filter (mesh filter) -
4 g g q q (o)
Maintenance q
F 60.18 4
Interval

1000 / annually
If necessary
Item

100
250
500
10
50
- Pump distribution gear -

q
Check oil level
q
Top up oil
5 g q
Change oil
q
Check bleeder
q
Clean bleeder
g - Hydraulic hoses -
q Visual inspection
g - Hydraulic system
q Leak test
6
- Hydraulic system-
q
Retighten screw connections
- Hydraulic hoses -
q q
Replace hoses
- Auxiliary flow filter-
7 q q (o)
Maintenance q
F 60.18 5
Hydraulic oil tank (1)
- Check oil level at sight glass (A).
A The oil level must be up to the centre

of the sight glass when the cylinders
are retracted.
A If all the cylinders are extended, the level

can fall below the sight glass.
A The sight glass is located on the side of

the tank.

A
- Remove cap (B).
- Fill in oil through the filler opening until
the oil level rises to the centre of the
sight glass (A) (+/- 5 mm).
- Screw cap (B) on again.
A Regularly remove dust and pollution

from the oil tank vent integrated in
the cover (B). Clean the surfaces of the
oil cooler.
Use only the recommended hydraulic

m oils - see section "Recommended hy- B
draulic oils".
A When filling for the first time, all hydraulic

cylinders should by extended/retracted
at least twice!
F 60.18 6
To change oil:
- To drain the hydraulic oil unscrew the D

drain plug (D) at the bottom of
the tank.
- Collect the oil in a container using
a funnel. E
- When returning the screw, make sure F
to use a new seal.
A When using the drainage hose (o):
- Unscrew seal cap (E).

- Screwing on the oil drainage hose (F)
opens the valve to let the oil drain out.
- Place the end of the hose in the col-
lecting vessel and let the oil drain completely.
- Unscrew the drainage hose and return the screw cap.
A The oil should be changed when at operating temperature.
When changing the hydraulic oil also change the filter.

m
Ventilation filter
B
A The ventilation filter is integrated in the
cover (B).
The cover must be replaced according
to the maintenance interval.
F 60.18 7
Suction/return flow hydraulic filter (2)
Replace the filter element when the indi-

cator lamp in the operating panel or the
service indicator (A) turns red at a hy-
draulic oil temperature of more than
80°C or the interval has been reached.
- Remove cover (A).

- Pull filter element (B) out of the housing.
- Clean filter element and cover.
- Check O-rings (C), replace if necessary. A
- Coat the sealing surfaces and O-rings C
with clean operating fluid. B
- Fill the opened filter housing with hy-
draulic oil up to approx. 2 cm below
the top edge.
- If the oil level drops, replenish
oil again.
A Slow oil level reduction of approx.

1 cm / min. is normal!
- If the oil level remains stable, slowly

insert the assembled unit with new filter element into the housing, position the cover
(A) and screw hand-tight.
Ensure seal integrity is good after changing the filter.
m
Ventilation filter
The ventilation filter is contained in the I

A
filler cap.
- Replace ventilation filter / filler cap.
F 60.18 8
High-pressure filter (3)
The filter elements must be replaced

when the maintenance indicator (A)
turns red.
A The vehicle's hydraulic system contains

2 or 3 high-pressure filters.
- Unscrew filter housing (B).

- Remove the filter cartridge.
- Clean the filter housing.
- Insert the new filter cartridge.
- Replace the seal ring of the filter
housing.
- Turn on the filter housing by hand and A
tighten it using a wrench.
- Start trial operation and check the
tightness of the filter.
A Replace the seal ring whenever the filter

B
cartridge is replaced.
A After replacing the filter element, the red

mark in the maintenance indicator (A)
automatically reverts to green.
F 60.18 9
High-pressure filter (4)
Replace the filter elements when the in-

terval has been reached
The filter (B) is in the engine compart-

ment on the left of the vehicle.
A During the run-in time, the filter element

can be cleaned with cleaning solvent,
later it will have to be changed.
- Loosen the fittings (C) and remove the filter housing (B).
- Fix the filter in a vice.
- Loosen and unscrew the screw-in
neck (D) with a screw wrench.
A Put a vessel underneath to collect the

draining oil.
- Remove the screw-in neck with strain-

er element (D). C
- Shake any remaining oil out of the
housing (E) into a vessel for used oil,
then clean the filter housing with B
cleaning solvent.
- Check that the O-ring (F) at the screw-
in neck is in perfect condition, replace
if necessary.
- Push the screw-in neck with strainer
element (D) carefully into the housing
(E) and screw in as far as it will go. D
Tighten with a screw wrench (torque
120 +/- 5 Nm)
- Start trial operation and check the
tightness of the filter.
A Replace the seal ring whenever the filter

cartridge is replaced.
F E
F 60.18 10
Pump distribution gear (5)
- Check the oil level at the sight

glass (A) (at the side of the
gear housing).
A The oil level must be up to the centre of

the sight glass.
- Unscrew the filler screw (B).

- Fill oil in through the filling port until the
required filling level is achieved at the
sight glass (A). A
- Screw in the filler screw (B) again.
Make sure to clean the screw and the vi-

m cinity of the drain bore!
Oil change:
- Place the end of the oil drain port hose

(C) in the collection container.
- Remove the screw cap with a wrench
and allow the oil to drain completely.
- Replace the screw cap and tighten
properly.
- Fill in the oil of specified quality
through the filling port on the gearbox B
(B) until the oil level rises to the centre
of the sight glass (A).
A The oil should be changed when at oper-

ating temperature.
F 60.18 11
Bleeder
- The functioning of the bleeder (A)

must be ensured.
If soiling has occurred, the bleeder A
should be cleaned.
F 60.18 12
Hydraulic hoses (6)
- Specifically check the condition of the

hydraulic hoses.
- Immediately replace any damag-
ed hoses.
A Replace hydraulic hoses if the following

criteria are found on inspection:
- damage of the outer layer to the inlay

(e.g. chafing, cuts, cracks).
- brittleness of the outer layer (cracking of the hose material).
- deformation that does not correspond to the natural shape of the hose or pipe when
depressurised or under pressure or when bent (e.g. separated layers, blistering,
pinched or buckled points).
- leaks.
- damage or deformation to the hose fittings (affecting the sealing function); replace-
ments are not necessary for minor damage to the surface.
- hose coming away from the fitting.
- corrosion of the fitting with a detrimental effect on function and strength.
- failure to comply with the installation requirements.
- period of use has exceeded 6 years. Here it is the date of manufacture of the hy-
draulic hose stated on the fitting that counts, plus 6 years. If the fitting states "2004"
as the date of manufacture, the period of use ends in February 2010.
A See the section on "Marking hydraulic hoses".
Ageing hoses become porous and may burst! Danger of accidents!

f
F 60.18 13
Always comply with the following instructions when installing and removing hydrau-
m lic hoses:
- Always only use original Dynapac hydraulic hoses!

- Always observe high standards of cleanliness!
- Hydraulic hoses must always be fitted to ensure that in all operating statuses,
- there is no tensile load apart from dead weight.
- there is no compressive load for short lengths.
- any external mechanical impact on the hydraulic hoses is avoided.
- appropriate positioning and fastening of the hoses prevents them from chafing on
components or on each other.
components with sharp edges must be covered when installing hydraulic hoses.
- bending radii are not smaller than the permitted values.
- When hydraulic hoses are connected to moving parts, the length of the hose must
be dimensioned to ensure that the bending radii are not smaller than the permitted
smallest values right across the full range of movement and/or that the hydraulic
hose is not also exposed to tension.
- Fasten the hydraulic hoses to the provided fastening points. the hoses must not be
hindered in their natural movement and change in length.
- Painting the hydraulic hoses is forbidden!
F 60.18 14
Marking hydraulic hoses / storage pe-
riod, period of use
A A number stamped onto the screwed

connection provides information about
the date of manufacture (A) (month /
year) and the maximum pressure per-
mitted for this hose (B).
Never install hoses on top of one anoth-

m er and always ensure that they are at the
correct pressure.
In individual cases, the period of use can A B

be stipulated according to experience
DHH 03/11 225BAR
and may differ from the following general
indications:
- When producing the hose pipe, the hose (purchased by the meter) should not be
more than four years old.
- The period of use of a hose pipe should not exceed six years, including any possi-
ble storage period.
The storage period should not exceed two years.
F 60.18 15
Auxiliary flow filter (6)
A The hydraulic oil change is omitted on

use of an auxiliary flow filter!
The quality of the oil must be checked
regularly.
The oil level must be topped up
if necessary!
Replacing filter element:
- Release the threaded cover connection (A) then open the non-return valve briefly
to lower the oil level in the filter, then close the non-return valve again.
- Replace filter element (B) and sealing
ring (C): A
- Turn filter element clockwise with the
help of carrier straps and, at the
same time, raise it slightly.
- Wait for a moment until the oil has
escaped downwards, then remove C
the filter element.
- Check inlet and outlet in filter hous-
ing (D). B
- As required, top up hydraulic oil level
in filter housing then screw down the
cover. D
- Bleed the hydraulic system.
Do not remove the cardboard sleeve

m from the filter element! This is part of the
filter!
F 60.18 16
F 71.18 Maintenance - travel drive,
steering
1 Maintenance - travel drive, steering
F 71.18 1
fatal injuries!
on the vehicle.
maintenance work.
CAUTION Danger from heavy loads

Lowering vehicle parts may cause injuries!
transport, close both hopper lids and fit the correspond-
ing hopper transport safeguards.
transport, raise the screen and fit the corresponding
screed transport safeguards.
- Ensure that opened hoods and covering parts
are locked properly.

F 71.18 2
Interval

1000 / annually
If necessary
Item

100
250
500
10
50
- Planetary gear -
q
Check oil level
- Planetary gear -
q
Top up oil
1
- Planetary gear -
g q
Change oil
- Planetary gear -
q
Check oil quality
Maintenance q
F 71.18 3
Interval

1000 / annually
If necessary
Item

100
250
500
10
50
- Drive wheels -
q
Check tyres for damage
- Drive wheels -
q
Replace tyres
- Drive wheels -
q
Check air pressure
2
- Drive wheels -
q
Adjust air pressure
- Drive wheels -
g
Check wheel nuts
- Drive wheels -
q
Tighten wheel nuts
- Lubricating points -
q
Lubricate king pins
q
Lubricate steering
3
q
Lubricate floating axle
q
Lubricate wheel bearings (o)
Maintenance q
F 71.18 4
Planetary gear (1)
Before checking the oil level, let the hot

m gear cool down for about 5 minutes.
- Turn conveyor chain sprocket so that

inspection bolt (A) is in the 9 o’clock
position.
- To check the oil level, unscrew the in-
spection bolt (A) and the filler screw (B).
A When oil level is correct, the oil comes up to the lower edge of the inspection hole (A)
or a small amount of oil escapes through the aperture.
- Fill in the specified oil into the filler

hole (B) until the oil level has reached
the lower edge of the inspection hole.
- Check gaskets on both screws and re-
place if necessary. A
- Tighten the inspection bolt (A) and fill-
er screw (B) back in again.
Oil change:
A The oil should be changed when at oper-

ating temperature.
B
Ensure that no dirt or foreign bodies are
m able to enter the gear.
- Turn conveyor chain sprocket so that drain plug (A) is in the 6 o’clock position.
- Place a suitable collecting container under the drain plug.
- Unscrew drain plug (A) and filler screw (B) and drain off oil.
- Check gaskets on both screws and replace if necessary.
- Screw in the drain plug (C).
- Fill new oil through the filler opening (B) until the lower edge of the opening
is reached.
- Screw in the filler screw (B).
F 71.18 5
Drive wheels (2)
Check tyres / replace tyres:
- Check the tyres on a daily basis for

signs of damage, cracks or blister for-
mation.
Regularly check compliance with the
minimum profile depth.
Replace damaged or worn tyres immediately.

m
F 71.18 6
Replacing/dismantling and installing the wheels
The jack must be rated for at least 10t.

f
The jack is only intended to lift a load and not as a support. Work should only be per-
f formed to and under raised vehicles when they have been secured and correctly sup-
ported to prevent them from tilling over and rolling or sliding away.
The jack must only be used on smooth, firm ground.

f
Roller-type jacks must not be moved when under load.
f
Chocks or supporting beams positioned so that they cannot be shifted or tilted must
f be adequately dimensioned and be able to take the corresponding weight.
There must not be anyone on the vehicle while it is being lifted.

f
F 71.18 7
1 2
- Lower screed, remove screed and crossbeam.

- Lift the machine with the jack at the intended position (1) under the machine frame.
- Place a wooden block under the raised wheel as a safeguard.
- Place another wooden block under the machine frame at point (2).
The wooden block must support the vehicle frame at the side wall and rear wall.
m
- Remove the wooden block under the raised wheel and gently lower the vehicle onto
the remaining wooden block (2).
- Dismantle the wheel nuts and remove the wheel.
A Reassemble in reverse order.
F 71.18 8
Check air pressure /
adjust air pressure:
Never work with the tyre pressure too

m high or too low!
A
A Please consult the following tables for

the necessary air pressures.
Check the air pressure at valve (A), ad-

just if necessary.
A Check the tyre pressure in cold condi-

tion. A slight increase in tyre pressure
during operation is normal and there is
no need to relieve pressure.
Only ever set the tyre pressure using a self-regulating filler connection. Never stand
f directly in front of the tyres when filling them with air!
Please comply with the safety instructions for checking and adjusting the air pressure!
f
A Bear in mind that tyres may be filled with water!
F 71.18 9
Check wheel nuts /
tighten wheel nuts:
A Following wheel replacement, check the 16

1
9
wheel nuts after the running-in time. 8 5
13
- Check / tighten all wheel nuts using a 12
torque wrench as shown. 3
4
A Adjust the torque to 288 Nm. 14 11
6 7
10 15
2
F 71.18 10
Lubrication points (3)
A Manual lubrication does not apply for ve-

hicles with central lubrication system.
Wheel bearings (o)

5x
A The lube nipples (A) are accessible
through a hole in the wheel rim.
A The number of lube nipples depends on

whether the vehicle is equipped with /
without front wheel drive.
F 71.18 11
F 71.18 12
F 81.18 Maintenance - electrical system
1 Maintenance - electrical system
F 81.18 1
fatal injuries!
on the vehicle.
maintenance work.
CAUTION Danger due to electric shock

Injuries can be caused by touching live parts directly
or indirectly!
- Do not remove any protective safeguards.
- Never spray water on electric or electronic components.
- Maintenance work to the electric system should only be
carried out by trained specialist staff.
- When equipped with electric screed heater, check the
insulation monitoring every day according to the
instructions.
CAUTION Danger from batteries

Incorrect handling of the batteries poses a danger
of injuries!
- Do not smoke, avoid any open flames.
- Ensure the working area is well ventilated after opening
the battery compartment.
- Avoid short-circuiting the battery terminals.
F 81.18 2
Interval

1000 / annually
If necessary
Item

100
250
500
10
50
q q Check batteries
1
q Apply grease to battery terminals
- Alternator
q Insulation monitoring, check elec- (o)
tric system is functioning
- Alternator
Visual check for pollution
or damage
q (o)
- Check the cooling air openings
for pollution or clogging,
clean if necessary
2 - Alternator
q Check the drive belts for damage, (o)
replace if necessary
- Alternator
q Drive belts - check tension, (o)
adjust if necessary
- Alternator
q (o)
Replace drive belts
- Alternator
q (o)
Replace friction clutch
3 q Electrical fuses
Maintenance q
F 81.18 3
Batteries (1)
Maintenance of batteries
A The batteries are factory-filled with the

correct quantity of acid. The fluid level
should come up to the top mark. If re-
quired, top up the battery, but only use
distilled water to do so!
The battery terminal clips must be free of

m corrosion (oxide) and protected with a
special grade of terminal grease.
When removing the batteries, always

m first remove the negative terminal, en-
suring that the battery terminals cannot
be short circuited.
A Keep the battery surfaces clean and dry,

use only a damp or antistatic cloth forad-
just if necessarcleaning.
Do not open batteries without plugs!

m
A If the starting capacity is insufficient, check and possible recharge the batteries.
A Regularly check the charge of the battery and recharge if necessary.
F 81.18 4
Recharging the batteries
Both batteries must be recharged individually and must be dismantled from the vehi-
cle for this purpose.
Always keep batteries upright during transport!

f
Before and after recharging a battery, always check the electrolyte level in every cell;
if this needs to be topped up, only use distilled water.
When recharging batteries, every cell must be opened, i.e. plugs and/or covers must
m be removed.
Only use commercially available automatic battery chargers according to the manu-
m facturer's instructions.
A Preferably use the slow recharging procedure and adjust the charge current accord-
ing to the following rule of thumb:
Battery capacity in Ah divided by 20 results in the safe charge current in A.
F 81.18 5
Alternator (2)
Electrical system insulation monitoring
2
1 3
The function of the protective insulation monitoring measure must be checked every
day before starting work.
A This check only checks the function of the insulation monitor, not whether an insula-
tion error has occurred on the heating sections or consumers.
- Start the paver finisher's drive engine.

- Switch heating system switch (1) to ON.
- Press test button (2).
- The indicator lamp integrated into the test button signals "insulation fault".
- Press reset button (3) for at least 3 sec. to delete the simulated fault.
- The indicator lamp goes out.
F 81.18 6
If the test is conducted successfully, work may be undertaken with the screed and ex-
f ternal consumers may be used.
If the "insulation fault" indicator lamp displays a fault even before the test button is
pressed or if no fault is displayed during the simulation, work must not be undertaken
with the screed or with connected, external equipment.
The screed and equipment must be checked or repaired by a specialist electri-

f cian. Only then may work again be undertaken with the screed and equipment.
Danger from electric voltage

f
Non-adherence to the safety precautions and safety regulations
f when operating the electric screed heating system leads to a
risk of electric shock.
Danger to life.
All maintenance and repair work on the screed's electrical system may be car-
ried out by a specialist electrician only.
F 81.18 7
Insulation faults
A If an insulation fault occurs during operation, and the indicator lamp displays an insu-
lation fault, the operator may proceed as follows:
- Switch the switches of all external equipment and the heating system to OFF and
press the reset button for at least 3 seconds to delete the fault.
- If the indicator lamp does not go out, the fault lies in the alternator.
No further work may be carried out.

f
- If the indicator lamp goes out, the switches of the heating system and external
equipment can be switched back to ON one after another until a message again
appears and the system is shut-down.
- The equipment found to be faulty must be removed or must not be engaged, and
the reset button must be pressed for at least 3 seconds to delete the fault.
A Operation may now be continued - without the faulty equipment, of course.
A The alternator or electrical consumer found to be faulty must be

checked or repaired by a specialist electrician. Only then may
work again be carried out with the screed and equipment.
F 81.18 8
Cleaning the alternator
The alternator must be regularly

m checked for excessive dirt and must be
cleaned if necessary.
- The air intake (1) must be kept free

of dirt.
Cleaning with a high-pressure cleaner is 1

m not permissible!
F 81.18 9
Drive belts
Checking / adjusting belt tension:
- The tension of the belt can only be adjusted using a pre-tensioning test device.
Checking belt tension
The tension of each belt must be

inspected with a pretension check-
ing nstrument.
Specified tension:
- In case of initial assembly: 550N

- after run-in period / maintenance
interval: 400N Riemensp.tif
A Instructions for checking tightness in the

pretention measuring instrument instructions.
A A pretention measuring instrument can be ordered under Article No. 4753200045!
If necessary, adjust the belt tension:

C
- Unfasten lock nut (A) from the clamp-
ing lock. A
B
- Adjust belt tension to the correct val-
ues by turning the clamping lock (B).
- Tighten the lock nut (A) again.
A Further instructions for checking of ten-

sion - see description of the pre-tension-
ing test device.
A A belt pre-tensioning test device can be

ordered from Dynapac as a spare part!
Item number on request.
F 81.18 10
Replacing belt
- Unfasten lock nut (A) from the clamping lock.

- Turn and open clamping lock (B) until belts (C) can be replaced.
A Pre-tension the newly fitted belts using clamping lock (B).
- Check / adjust belt tension.
F 81.18 11
Replace friction clutch
- Reduce belt tension and remove drive

belt (A).
- Unscrew mounting screw (B), remove
lock washer (C). A
- Pull friction clutch (D) with belt pulley
off the shaft.
A If necessary, use a suitable assembly le-
ver to press the friction clutch away from
the shaft.
- Position new friction clutch, correctly

fit washer (C) and bolt (D).
- Position belt (D) and adjust correct
tension.
A see Check / adjust belt tension.
B
C
D
F 81.18 12
2 Electrical fuses
2.1 Main fuses
Main fuses (A)
F A
1.1 Main fuse 50
1.2 Main fuse 30
1.4 Preheating ignition system 100
F 81.18 13
2.2 Fuses in main terminal box
Fuse carrier (B)
F A
F1 Screed 10
F2 Screed 10
F3 Screed 10
F4 Starter 5
F5 Brake pedal 5
F6 Auger + screed light 10
F7 Hazard flashers 10
F8 Screed, steering sensor, hopper emergency STOP 5
F9 Levelling system, emulsion spraying system 10
F10 Traction unit sensors 5
F11 Screed 10
F13 24V socket left 10
F14 Power supply A7 (slave) 5
F15 Brake light 5
F16 24V socket 10
F17 Power supply A1 (master) 5
F19 12V socket 10
F20 Rotary beacon 7.5
F 81.18 14
F A
F22 Power supply A7 (slave) 25
F23 Horn 10
F24 Diesel pump 10
F25 Windscreen wiper + screen wash 10
F26 Power supply A2 (engine control unit) 30
F27 Ignition 2
F28 Hazard flashers 10
Keyboard, display, steering potentiometer, preselection potenti-
F29 3
ometer, horn button, GPS module
F30 Reverse buzzer 5
F31 Central lubrication 5
F33 Upstream fuse, lighting 25
F34 Seat heating 7.5
F35 Protective roof rear light 10
F36 Protective roof front light 10
F37 Interface - engine diagnosis - A2 2
F38 Interface - engine diagnosis - A2 2
F39 Left-hand parking lights 7.5
F40 Parking lights, right 7.5
F41 Instrument panel illumination 5
F42 Low-beam headlights, left/right
F43 High-beam headlights, left/right
F 81.18 15
Relays in main terminal box
Relays (C)
K
K0 Engine start
K1 Switched positive
K2 Engine start / stop
K3 Control unit voltage
K4 Emergency stop
K5 Front working lights
K6 Rear working lights
K7 Auger working light
K8 Horn
K9 Brake light
K16 Rotary beacon
K17 Seat heating
K18 Windscreen wiper
K19 Windscreen wiper
K20 Reverse buzzer
K21 Central lubrication
K23 High-beam headlights
K24 Lighting ON
K25 Flashers
K26 Fuel pump
K27 Engine pre-heating function
F 81.18 16
F 90.18 Maintenance - lubricating points
1 Maintenance - lubricating points
A The information on the lubricating points for the various assemblies is assigned to the
specific maintenance descriptions and must be read there!
F 90.18 1
A Due to the use of a central lubrication system (o), the number of lubricating points
may deviate from the description.
Interval

1000 / annually
If necessary
Item

100
250
500
10
50
q - Check lubricant tank fill level (o)
q - Top up lubricant tank (o)
q - Bleed central lubrication system (o)

1
q - Check pressure limiting valve (o)
- Check flow of lubricant at the

q (o)
consumer
2 q - Bearing points
Maintenance q
F 90.18 2
Central lubrication system (1)
Danger of injuries!
Do not reach into the tank when the

f pump is running!
The central lubrication system must

f only be operated with the safety
valve installed!
Handverl.jpg/Gefahr.jpg
Do not undertake any work on the pres-

f sure relief valve during operation!
Risk of injury due to escaping lubricant, as the system operates at high pressures!
f
Ensure that the diesel engine cannot be started when working on the system!
f
Observe safety regulations for handling hydraulic systems!
f
Ensure maximum cleanliness when working on the central lubrication system!
m
The following assemblies' lubricating
points can be automatically supplied
with grease by the central lubrica-
tion system:
- Auger
- Screed (tamper / vibration)
F 90.18 3
Central lubrication system
Check filling level
A The lubricant tank should always be

filled sufficiently so that the system can-
not "run dry", ensuring sufficient drive
chain lubrication and eliminating the A
need for time-consuming bleeding of
the system.
- Always maintain a fill level above the

"MIN" mark (A) on the tank.
Top up lubricant tank
D
C
A
- A filler hose (B) is located on the lubricant tank (A) for filling purposes.
- Connect the grease gun (C) included with the scope of supply to the filler hose (B)
and fill the lubricant tank (A) up to the MAX mark.
Alternatively, the lubricant tank can be filled with a standard grease gun at the lu-
bricating nipple (D).
A When the lubricant tank is completely empty, the pump may have to run for up to 10
minutes until the full delivery rate is achieved after filling.
F 90.18 4
Bleed central lubrication system
Bleeding the lubrication system is nec- C

essary if the central lubrication system
has been operated with an empty lubri-
cant tank. A
- Disconnect the main lubrication line

(A) at the distributor (B). D
- Start up the central lubrication sys-
tem with the filled lubricant tank (C).
- Allow the pump to run until lubricant
emerges from the previously discon- D
nected main line (A).
- Reconnect the main line (A) to the B
distributor.
- Disconnect all distribution lines (D)
from the distributor.
- Reconnect all distribution lines as soon as lubricant has emerged.
- Check all connections and lines for leaks.
Check pressure limiting valve
If lubricant emerges at the pressure lim-

m iting valve (A), this indicates a malfunc-
tion in the system.
The consumers are no longer adequate-
ly supplied with lubricant. A
- Disconnect all distribution lines (B)

leading from the distributor (C) to the
consumers in succession.
- If lubricant emerges from one of the
disconnected distribution lines (B)
under pressure, search in this lubri-
cation circuit for the cause of the
blockage which has triggered the
pressure limiting valve. B
- After rectifying the malfunction and
reconnecting all lines, again check
the pressure limiting valve (A) for lu- B
bricant emergence.
- Check all connections and lines
for leaks. C
F 90.18 5
Check the flow of lubricant
at the consumers
A
Each lubrication channel at the consu-
mers must be checked as regards clear-
ance.
- Remove the lubrication line (A) and

install a normal lubricating
nipple (B).
- Connect the grease gun (C) included
in the scope of supply to the lubricat-
ing nipple (B). B
C
- Operate the grease gun until the lu-
bricant visibly emerges.
- Rectify any faults in the flow
of lubricant.
- Reinstall the lubrication lines.
- Check all connections and lines for leaks.
F 90.18 6
Bearing points (2)
A One lubricating nipple (A) is located at

each hydraulic cylinder bearing point 2x
(top and bottom).
F 90.18 7
F 90.18 8
F 100 Tests, stopping ...
1 Tests, checks, cleaning, stopping
F 100 1
Interval

1000 / annually
If necessary
Item

100
250
500
10
50
1 q - General visual inspection
- Check that the bolts and

2 regularly
nuts fit firmly
3 q q - Inspection by an expert
4 q - Cleaning
4 q - Cleaning sensors
5 q - Preserving the paver finisher
Maintenance q
Maintenance during the running-in
g
period
F 100 2
2 General visual inspection
The daily routine should comprise a visual inspection around the entire paver finisher.
The following items must be checked:
- Are components or controls damaged?

- Are there leaks on the engine, the hydraulics, the gearbox, etc.?
- Are all fastening points (conveyor, auger, screed, etc.) in order?
- Are the warnings affixed to the vehicle complete and legible?
- Are the non-slip surfaces at ladders, steps, etc. in correct condition, not worn
or soiled?
Immediately take actions to correct any detected malfunction to avoid damages, dan-
m gers or environmental hazards!
3 Check that the bolts and nuts fit firmly
Bolts and nuts must be checked regularly to ensure that they fit firmly; retighten them
if necessary.
A The spare parts catalogue states the special torques at the corresponding parts.
A For the necessary standard torques, please refer to the section "Bolts - torques"
4 Inspection by an expert
A Have finisher, screed and optional gas or electric system checked by a trained spe-
cialist
- when required (according to the operating conditions and the nature of application),
- however, at least once a year, check that they are all in good operational condition.
F 100 3
5 Cleaning
- Clean all parts coming into contact with paving material.

- Spray contaminated parts with the separator fluid spraying system (o).
Before cleaning work with the high pressure cleaner, grease all lube points acc. to
m specification.
- Clean the vehicle with water after laying mineral aggregates, lean-mixed concrete,
etc.
Do not spray bearing points, electrical or

m electronic components with water.
- Remove residual paving material.
After cleaning work with the high pres-

m sure cleaner, grease all lube points acc. to specification.
Danger of slipping! Ensure that all steps

f and ladders are free of grease and oil!
F 100 4
fatal injuries!
- Comply with the warning and information signs on the
vehicle.
maintenance work.

with combustion fuels from the engine or screed heater can
be very hot and cause injuries!
5.1 Cleaning the hopper
Clean the hopper regularly

m
To clean the hopper, park the vehicle on a smooth surface with the hopper open.
Switch off the engine.
5.2 Cleaning the conveyor and auger
Clean the conveyor and auger regularly.

m
If necessary, let the conveyor and auger run at low speed during cleaning.
There must always be an assistant at the operator's platform whenever cleaning work
f is being carried out to intervene in the event of any potential danger.
F 100 5
5.3 Cleaning optical or acoustic sensors
Heavily soiled sensors can have a negative effect on measuring results or functions.
Daily cleaning with a dry, lint-free cloth.

m
F 100 6
6 Preserving the paver finisher
6.1 Shutdowns for up to 6 months
- Park the vehicle in a place where it is protected from great exposure to direct sun-
light, wind, humidity and frost.
- Grease all lube points in accordance with specifications. Allow optional central lu-
bricating unit to run if necessary.
- Change oil in diesel engine.
- Seal exhaust silencer to make it airtight.
- Remove batteries, charge them and store them in a well ventilated place at room
temperature.
Recharge removed batteries every 2 months.

m
- Protect all bare metal components, e.g. piston rods on hydraulic cylinders, with a
suitable corrosion inhibitor.
- If it is not possible to park the vehicle is an enclosed building or under cover, it must
be covered with a suitable size of tarpaulin. In all cases, seal all air intake and ex-
haust apertures with plastic film and adhesive tape.
6.2 Shutdowns lasting from 6 months to 1 year
- Carry out all the actions listed for "Shutdowns of up to 6 months".

- Once the engine oil has been drained off, fill the diesel engine with a manufacturer-
approved grade of preserving oil.
6.3 Recommissioning the machine
- Reverse all the steps described in the "Shutdown" sections.
F 100 7
7 Environmental protection, disposal
7.1 Environmental protection
A Packaging materials, used operating substances, cleaning agents and machine ac-
cessories must be correctly recycled.
A Always observe the local regulations!
7.2 Disposal
A Correctly sorted disposal must be carried out after replacing wear and spare parts
and after the machine has been withdrawn from service (scrapped).
The materials must be sorted correctly according to metal, plastic, electronic scrap,
various operating substances etc.
Any oily or greasy parts (hydraulic hoses, lube pipes etc.) must be treated separately.
A Electric devices, accessories and packaging should be recycled in an environment-

friendly manner.
A Always observe the local regulations!
F 100 8
8 Bolts - torques
8.1 Standard metric threads - strength class 8.8 / 10.9 / 12.9

Treatment
deviation (+/- Nm) dry/lightly oiled Molykote ®
deviation (+/- Nm)
deviation (+/- Nm)
deviation (+/- Nm)
deviation (+/- Nm)
deviation (+/- Nm)

Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Permitted
Permitted
Permitted
Permitted
Permitted
Permitted
Strength
class
8.8 8.8 10.9 10.9 12.9 12.9 8.8 8.8 10.9 10.9 12.9 12.9
M3 1 0,3 1,5 0,4 1,7 0,4 1 0,3 1,4 0,4 1,7 0,4
M4 2,4 0,6 3,5 0,9 4 1 2,3 0,6 3,3 0,8 3,9 1
M5 5 1,2 7 1,7 8 2 4,6 1,1 6,4 1,6 7,7 1,9
M6 8 2,1 12 3 14 3 7,8 1,9 11 2,7 13 3,3
M8 20 5 28 7,1 34 8 19 4,7 26 6,6 31 7,9
M10 41 10 57 14 70 17 37 9 52 13 62 16
M12 73 18 97 24 120 30 63 16 89 22 107 27
M14 115 29 154 39 195 45 100 25 141 35 169 42
M16 185 46 243 61 315 75 156 39 219 55 263 66
M18 238 60 335 84 402 100 215 54 302 76 363 91
M20 335 84 474 119 600 150 304 76 427 107 513 128
M22 462 116 650 162 759 190 410 102 575 144 690 173
M24 600 150 817 204 1020 250 522 131 734 184 881 220
M27 858 214 1206 301 1410 352 760 190 1067 267 1281 320
M30 1200 300 1622 405 1948 487 1049 262 1475 369 1770 443
M33 1581 395 2224 556 2669 667 1400 350 1969 492 2362 590
M36 2000 500 2854 714 3383 846 1819 455 2528 632 3070 767
F 100 9
8.2 Treatment Fine metric threads - strength class 8.8 / 10.9 / 12.9
dry/lightly oiled Molykote ®
deviation (+/- Nm)
deviation (+/- Nm)
deviation (+/- Nm)
deviation (+/- Nm)
deviation (+/- Nm)
deviation (+/- Nm)

Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Permitted
Permitted
Permitted
Permitted
Permitted
Permitted
Strength
class
8.8 8.8 10.9 10.9 12.9 12.9 8.8 8.8 10.9 10.9 12.9 12.9
M3x0,35 1,2 0,3 1,7 0,4 2,1 0,5 1,1 0,3 1,5 0,4 1,8 0,5
M4x0,5 2,8 0,7 3,9 1 4,7 1,2 2,5 0,6 3,5 0,9 4,2 1
M5x0,5 5,7 1,4 8 2 9,6 2,4 5,1 1,3 7,1 1,8 8,5 2,1
M6x0,75 9,2 2,3 12,9 3,2 15,5 3,9 8,3 2,1 11,6 2,9 13,9 3,5
M8x1 21,7 5,4 30,6 7,6 36,7 9,2 19,5 4,9 27,4 6,8 32,8 8,2
M10x1,25 42,1 10,5 59,2 15 71 17,8 37,7 9,4 53 13 63,6 15,9
M12x1,25 75,7 18,9 106,2 26 127 31,9 67,2 16,8 94,5 24 113 28,3
M14x1,5 119 29,7 167 42 200 50,1 106 26 149 37 178 44,6
M16x1,5 183 45,6 257 64 308 77 162 40 227 57 273 68,2
M18x1,5 267 66,8 376 94 451 112,7 236 59 331 83 398 99,4
M20x1,5 373 93,2 524 131 629 157,3 328 82 461 115 553 138,3
M22x1,5 503 126 707 177 848 212,1 442 110 621 155 745 186,3
M24x2 630 158 886 221 1063 265,8 556 139 782 195 938 234,5
M27x2 918 229 1290 323 1548 387,1 807 202 1136 284 1363 340,7
M30x2 1281 320 1802 450 2162 540,6 1124 281 1581 395 1897 474,3
M33x2 1728 432 2430 607 2916 728,9 1514 378 2128 532 2554 638,5
M36x3 2126 532 2990 747 3588 897,1 1876 469 2638 659 3165 791,3
F 100 10
F 111.18 Lubricants and operating
substances
1 Lubricants and operating substances
Use only the lubricants listed below or comparable qualities of well-known brands.
m
Only use containers which are clean on inside and outside for filling oil or fuel.
m
A Note capacities (see section "Capacities").
Incorrect oil or lubricant levels promote rapid wear and paver finisher failure.
m
Never mix synthetic oils with mineral oils!
m
Please heed the equipment-related fuel specification requirements!
m
F 111.18 1
2
4 3 1
F 111.18 2
1.1 Capacities
Substance Volume
Diesel engine
1 Engine oil 8.2 litres
(with oil filter change)
2 Engine cooling system Cooling liquid 12.0 litres
3 Fuel tank Diesel fuel 50.0 litres
4 Hydraulic oil reservoir Hydraulic oil 90.0 litres
5 Pump distribution gear Gearbox oil 2.0 litres
Planetary gear approx. 2.4litres

6 Gearbox oil
Traction unit (1.2 l per side)
7 Auger box Liquid grease 3.5 kg
Batteries Distilled water
Note specifications on the following pages!

m
F 111.18 3
2 Operating substance specifications
2.1 Notes on diesel fuel
Danger of explosion! Never mix diesel fuel with ethanol, petrol or alcohol!
f
Diesel fuel contaminated with water or dirt can cause serious damage to the fuel sys-
m tem! Keep fuel and fuel system free of water and impurities!
Observe the instructions for fuel recommendations and the specification in the main-
m tenance instructions of the engine manufacturer!
2.2 Drive engine TIER III (o) fuel specification
Permissible diesel fuels
Specifications
Diesel fuel as speci-
fied in the engine
manufacturer’s JIS K 2204
EN 590 ASTM D975
requirements * HFRR max. 460µm
sulphur level max.
2000mg/kg
* Detailed information at:
http://www.deutz.com
de \Service\Betriebsstoffe und Additive\Kraftstoffe
en \Service\Operating Liquids and Additives\Fuels
2.3 Drive engine TIER IV (o) fuel specification
m Low-sulphur diesel fuel is prescribed for correct operation of the exhaust-gas treat-
ment system!
The maximum sulphur level must not exceed 15 ppm!
If low-sulphur diesel fuel is not used, the prescribed exhaust values cannot be met
and damage will be caused to the engine and to the exhaust-gas treatment system!
Permissible diesel fuels
Specifications
JIS K 2204
EN 590 ASTM D975 S15
HFRR max. 460µm
F 111.18 4
2.4 Engine - lubricating oil
Esso /
Dynapac Aral BP Fuchs Mobil Shell
Exxon
Paroil E
Emission
Green
(*)
A (*) = recommended
Observe the instructions for lubricant recommendations and the specification in the
m maintenance instructions of the engine manufacturer!
2.5 Cooling system
Dynapac AGIP Chevron Caltex Delo Petronas
Coolant
-Antifreeze Extended Extended Extended Frost
100
Special Life Coolant Life Coolant Life Coolant G12
(*)
A (*) = recommended
2.6 Hydraulic system
Dynapac AGIP Chevron Caltex Fuchs Mobil Shell
Hydraulic
Rando Rando -Tellus Oil
100
HDZ 46 HDZ 46 S2 V46
(*)
A (*) = recommended
2.7 Pump distribution gear
Esso /
Exxon
Gear Oil
-Omala
200
S2 GX 220
(*)
A (*) = filled in at the factory
2.8 Drive unit planetary gear
Esso /
Exxon
Gear Oil
-Omala
200
S2 GX 220
(*)
A (*) = recommended
F 111.18 5
2.9 Auger box
Esso /
Exxon
Auger Gadus
Grease S5
(*) V142W 00
A (*) = recommended
2.10 Grease
Esso /
Dynapac Aral BP Fuchs Mobil Shell Chevron
Exxon
Paver -High
-Gadus S5
Grease Temp
T460 1.5
(*) Premium2
A (*) = recommended
F 111.18 6
2.11 Hydraulic oil
Preferred hydraulic oils:
a) Synthetic hydraulic liquids based on ester, HEES
Manufacturer ISO viscosity class VG 46
Dynapac Hydraulic 120 (*)
Shell Natural HF-E46
Panolin HLP SYNTH 46
Esso Univis HEES 46
Total Total Biohydran SE 46
Aral Vitam EHF 46
A (*) = recommended
b) Mineral oil pressure fluids
Manufacturer ISO viscosity class VG 46
Dynapac Hydraulic 100 (*)
Shell Tellus S2 VX 46
Chevron Rando HDZ 46
Caltex Rando HDZ 46
A (*) = recommended
When changing from mineral oil pressure fluids to biodegradable pressure fluids,
m please contact our factory advisory service!
F 111.18 7
F 111.18 8
Parts & Service
Training
We offer our customers training courses on DYNAPAC equipment in our dedicated factory training centre.
We hold regular training courses in this training centre as well as courses outside the scheduled hours.
Service
Please contact one of our responsible service outlets if you encounter any operational problems or have
enquiries about spare parts.
Our trained, specialist staff will ensure that you receive prompt attention and repairs in the event of any ac-
cident or malfunction you may encounter.
Factory Advisory Service

If ever for any reason our dealership network encounters limits to what it is able to do for you, please always
feel free to contact us directly.
Our team of technical advisers is on hand to assist you.
[email protected]
www.dynapac.com

Operation & Maintenance: Paver Finisher Dynapac SD1800W

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation & Maintenance: Paver Finisher Dynapac SD1800W

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation & Maintenance: Paver Finisher Dynapac SD1800W

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

A Correct use and application ................................................... 1

B Vehicle description ................................................................. 1

D23.18 Operating the display ............................................................. 1

E10.18 Set-up and modification ........................................................ 1

F10 Maintenance .............................................................................1

F23.18 Maintenance review ................................................................1

F30.18 Maintenance - conveyor .........................................................1

F40.18 Maintenance - auger assembly ............................................. 1

F50.18 Maintenance - engine assembly............................................ 1

F71.18 Maintenance - travel drive,

F81.18 Maintenance - electrical system ........................................... 1

F100 Tests, stopping ... ....................................................................1

F111.18 Lubricants and operating

1.1 Laws, guidelines, accident prevention regulations

1.3 Other supplementary information

Precedes notes that must be observed to prevent damage to equipment.

Warning on a dangerous area or hazard!

Warning on danger of being pulled in!

In this working area/on this element there is a danger of being pulled

Warning on dangerous electrical voltage!

All maintenance and repair work on the screed's electrical system

Warning on suspended loads!

Never stand under suspended loads!

Warning on danger of crushing!

m There is a danger of crushing when certain components are operat-

Warning on hand injuries!

Warning on hot surfaces or hot liquids!

Warning on dangers posed by batteries!

Warning on hazardous or irritating substances!

Warning on substances which constitute a fire hazard!

Warning on gas bottles!

Opening/walking on/reaching in/carrying out/setting up are prohibit-

Do not start engine/drive!

Spraying with water is prohibited!

Extinguishing with water is prohibited!

Unauthorised maintenance is prohibited!

A Consult the Dynapac Service Department

Fire!, naked flames and smoking are prohibited!

Wear safety goggles to protect your eyes!

Wear suitable head protection!

Wear suitable hearing protection to protect your hearing!

Wear suitable safety gloves to protect your hands!

Wear safety shoes to protect your feet!

Always wear close-fitting work clothing!

Wear respiratory equipment if breathing air is contaminated!

- Lubricants (oil, grease)

Substances must be caught, stored, transported and brought to pro-

Environmentally hazardous substance!

1.8 Fire prevention

A Locally applicable regulations may require suitable extinguishing agents to be carried

Also observe the manufacturer's documentation and additional doc-

A For example, the maintenance instructions of the engine manufac-

Description / depiction applicable when equipped with gas heater!

Description / depiction applicable when equipped with electric heat-

t Used to indicate standard equipment.

o Used to indicate optional equipment.

(only applies to machines sold in the EU/EEC)

The guarantee becomes null and void if